U.S. patent application number 11/592921 was filed with the patent office on 2007-03-08 for inhibitors of macrophage migration inhibitory factor and methods for identifying the same.
Invention is credited to Sunil Kumar K C, Jagadish Sircar, Wenbin Ying.
Application Number | 20070054923 11/592921 |
Document ID | / |
Family ID | 32908587 |
Filed Date | 2007-03-08 |
United States Patent
Application |
20070054923 |
Kind Code |
A1 |
Sircar; Jagadish ; et
al. |
March 8, 2007 |
Inhibitors of macrophage migration inhibitory factor and methods
for identifying the same
Abstract
Inhibitors of MIF are provided which have utility in the
treatment of a variety of disorders, including the treatment of
pathological conditions associated with MIF activity. The
inhibitors of MIF have the following structures: ##STR1## including
stereoisomers, prodrugs and pharmaceutically acceptable salts
thereof, wherein n, R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.3, R.sub.4, X, and Z
are as defined herein. Compositions containing an inhibitor of MIF
in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier are also
provided, as well as methods for use of the same.
Inventors: |
Sircar; Jagadish; (San
Diego, CA) ; K C; Sunil Kumar; (San Diego, CA)
; Ying; Wenbin; (San Diego, CA) |
Correspondence
Address: |
KNOBBE MARTENS OLSON & BEAR LLP
2040 MAIN STREET
FOURTEENTH FLOOR
IRVINE
CA
92614
US
|
Family ID: |
32908587 |
Appl. No.: |
11/592921 |
Filed: |
November 3, 2006 |
Related U.S. Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
Number |
Filing Date |
Patent Number |
|
|
10778884 |
Feb 13, 2004 |
|
|
|
11592921 |
Nov 3, 2006 |
|
|
|
60448427 |
Feb 14, 2003 |
|
|
|
Current U.S.
Class: |
514/255.05 ;
514/312; 544/405; 546/157 |
Current CPC
Class: |
C07D 215/54 20130101;
A61P 1/00 20180101; A61K 31/56 20130101; A61P 35/00 20180101; C07D
401/12 20130101; A61K 31/54 20130101; A61P 37/00 20180101; A61P
37/08 20180101; A61P 25/00 20180101; C07D 409/12 20130101; A61P
3/10 20180101; C07D 417/12 20130101; A61P 1/04 20180101; A61P 11/06
20180101; A61P 43/00 20180101; A61P 19/02 20180101; A61P 31/04
20180101; A61P 37/06 20180101; A61K 31/496 20130101; A61P 9/00
20180101; A61P 29/00 20180101; C07D 405/12 20130101; A61K 31/52
20130101; A61P 11/00 20180101; C07D 413/12 20130101 |
Class at
Publication: |
514/255.05 ;
514/312; 544/405; 546/157 |
International
Class: |
A61K 31/497 20070101
A61K031/497; A61K 31/4709 20070101 A61K031/4709; C07D 403/14
20070101 C07D403/14 |
Claims
1. A compound having a structure: ##STR176## or a stereoisomer or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: X is oxygen or
sulfur; R.sub.1 is selected from the group consisting of C.sub.1-10
alkyl and aryl C.sub.1-10 alkyl, wherein R.sub.1 is unsubstituted
or substituted with at least one substituent selected from the
group consisting of halogen, alkoxy, alkylamino, dialkylamino, and
keto; R.sub.2 and R.sub.3 are independently selected from the group
consisting of halogen, hydrogen, and C.sub.1-6 alkyl; and R.sub.7
is selected from the group consisting of cyclopentyl, phenyl,
pyrazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl,
isoquinolinyl, pyridinyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, thienyl, furyl,
tetrahydrofuranyl, thiazolidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, and
piperidinyl, wherein R.sub.7 is unsubstituted or substituted with
at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of
halogen, alkoxy, nitro, and alkylamino.
2. The compound of claim 1, wherein X is oxygen.
3. The compound of claim 1, wherein X is sulfur.
4. The compound of claim 1, wherein R.sub.2 is hydrogen and wherein
R.sub.3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl,
and chlorine.
5. The compound of claim 1, wherein R.sub.7 is selected from the
group consisting ##STR177##
6. The compound of claim 1, wherein R.sub.1 is
--(CH.sub.2).sub.nCOOR''', wherein n is an integer of from 1 to 4,
and wherein R''' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
fluorine, chlorine, linear C.sub.1-C.sub.5 alkyl, and branched
C.sub.1-C.sub.5 alkyl.
7. The compound of claim 1, wherein R.sub.1 is selected from the
group consisting of --(CH.sub.2).sub.nN(R''').sub.2 and
--(CH.sub.2).sub.nC(O)N(R''').sub.2, wherein n is an integer of
from 1 to 4, and wherein each R''' is independently selected from
the group consisting of hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, linear
C.sub.1-C.sub.5 alkyl, and branched C.sub.1-C.sub.5 alkyl.
8. The compound of claim 1, wherein R.sub.1 is selected from the
group consisting of ##STR178## and wherein R'''' is selected from
the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, cyano, nitro,
--COOR''', --N(R''').sub.2, --OR''', --NHCOR''', and --OCF.sub.3,
and wherein R''' is independently selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, linear C.sub.1-C.sub.5
alkyl, and branched C.sub.1-C.sub.5 alkyl.
9. The compound of claim 1, wherein R.sub.1 is selected from the
group consisting of: ##STR179##
10. A composition comprising a compound of claim 1 in combination
with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
11. A compound having a structure: ##STR180## or a stereoisomer or
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: X is oxygen or
sulfur; R.sub.1 is selected from the group consisting of
C.sub.1-.sub.10 alkyl and aryl C.sub.1-.sub.10 alkyl, wherein
R.sub.1 is unsubstituted or substituted with at least one
substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkoxy,
alkylamino, dialkylamino, and keto; R.sub.2 and R.sub.3 are
independently selected from the group consisting of halogen,
hydrogen, and C.sub.1-.sub.6 alkyl; and R.sub.7 is selected from
the group consisting of cyclopentyl, phenyl, pyrazolyl,
thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl,
isoquinolinyl, pyridinyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, thienyl, furyl,
tetrahydrofuranyl, thiazolidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, and
piperidinyl, wherein R.sub.7 is unsubstituted or substituted with
at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of
halogen, alkoxy, nitro, and alkylamino.
12. The compound of claim 11, wherein X is oxygen.
13. The compound of claim 11, wherein X is sulfur.
14. The compound of claim 11, wherein R.sub.2 is hydrogen and
wherein R.sub.3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
methyl, and chlorine.
15. The compound of claim 11, wherein R.sub.7 is selected from the
group consisting ##STR181##
16. The compound of claim 11, wherein R.sub.1 is
--(CH.sub.2).sub.nCOOR''', wherein n is an integer of from 1 to 4,
and wherein R''' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
fluorine, chlorine, linear C.sub.1-C.sub.5 alkyl, and branched
C.sub.1-C.sub.5 alkyl.
17. The compound of claim 11, wherein R.sub.1 is selected from the
group consisting of --(CH.sub.2).sub.nN(R''').sub.2 and
--(CH.sub.2).sub.nC(O)N(R''').sub.2, wherein n is an integer of
from 1 to 4, and wherein each R''' is independently selected from
the group consisting of hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, linear
C.sub.1-C.sub.5 alkyl, and branched C.sub.1-C.sub.5 alkyl.
18. The compound of claim 11, wherein R.sub.1 is selected from the
group consisting of ##STR182## and wherein R'''' is selected from
the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, cyano, nitro,
--COOR''', --N(R''').sub.2, --OR''', --NHCOR''', and --OCF.sub.3,
and wherein R''' is independently selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, linear C.sub.1-C.sub.5
alkyl, and branched C.sub.1-C.sub.5 alkyl.
19. The compound of claim 11, wherein R.sub.1 is selected from the
group consisting of: ##STR183##
20. A composition comprising a compound of claim 11 in combination
with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
Description
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application is a division of U.S. application Ser. No.
10/778,884 filed Feb. 13, 2004, which claims the benefit of U.S.
Provisional Application No. 60/448,427, filed Feb. 14, 2003.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0002] This invention relates generally to inhibitors of macrophage
migration inhibitory factor (MIF), methods for identifying MIF
inhibitors, and to methods of treating MIF-related disorders by
administration of such inhibitors.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0003] The lymphokine, macrophage migration inhibitory factor
(MIF), has been identified as a mediator of the function of
macrophages in host defense and its expression correlates with
delayed hypersensitivity, immunoregulation, inflammation, and
cellular immunity. See Metz and Bucala, Adv. Immunol. 66:197-223,
1997. Macrophage migration inhibitory factors (MIFs), which are
between 12-13 kilodaltons (kDa) in size, have been identified in
several mammalian and avian species; see, for example, Galat et
al., Fed. Eur. Biochem. Soc. 319:233-236, 1993; Wistow et al.,
Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:1272-1275, 1993; Weiser et al., Proc.
Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:7522-7526, 1989; Bernhagen et al., Nature
365:756-759, 1993; Blocki et al., Protein Science 2:2095-2102,
1993; and Blocki et al., Nature 360:269-270, 1992. MIF inhibitors
are also disclosed in copending U.S. patent application Ser. No.
10/156,650 filed May 24, 2002, the contents of which is hereby
incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[0004] Although MIF was first characterized as being able to block
macrophage migration, MIF also appears to effect macrophage
adherence; induce macrophage to express interleukin-1-beta,
interleukin-6, and tumor necrosis factor alpha; up-regulate HLA-DR
(Human Leucocyte Antigen, d-Related, encoded by the d locus on
chromosome 6 and found on lymphoid cells); increase nitric oxide
synthase and nitric oxide concentrations; and activate macrophage
to kill Leishmania donovani tumor cells and inhibit Mycoplasma
avium growth, by a mechanism different from that effected by
interferon-gamma. In addition to its potential role as an
immunoevasive molecule, MIF can act as an immunoadjuvant when given
with bovine serum albumin or HIV gpl20 in incomplete Freunds or
liposomes, eliciting antigen induced proliferation comparable to
that of complete Freunds. Also, MIF has been described as a
glucocorticoid counter regulator and angiogenic factor. As one of
the few proteins that is induced and not inhibited by
glucocorticoids, it serves to attenuate the immunosuppressive
effects of glucocorticoids. As such, it is viewed as a powerful
element that regulates the immunosuppressive effects of
glucocorticoids. Hence, when its activities/gene expression are
overinduced by the administration of excess exogenous
glucocorticoids (for example when clinical indicated to suppress
inflammation, immunity and the like), there is significant toxicity
because MIF itself exacerbates the inflammatory/immune response.
See Buccala et al., Ann. Rep. Med. Chem. 33:243-252, 1998.
[0005] While MIF is also thought to act on cells through a specific
receptor that in turn activates an intracellular cascade that
includes erk phosphorylation and MAP kinase and upregulation of
matrix metalloproteases, c-jun (the protooncogene jun), c-fos (the
protooncogene fos) and IL-1 mRNA (see Onodera et al., J. Biol.
Chem. 275:444-450, 2000), it also possesses endogenous enzyme
activity as exemplified by its ability to tautomerize the
appropriate substrates (e.g., dopachrome). Further, it remains
unclear whether this enzymatic activity mediates the biological
response to MIF and the activities of this protein in vitro and in
vivo. While site directed mutagenesis of MIF has generated mutants
which possess full intrinsic activity, yet fail to possess enzyme
activity (Hermanowski-Vosatka et al., Biochemistry 38:12841-12849,
1999), Swope et al. have described a direct link between cytokine
activity and the catalytic site for MIF (Swope et al., EMBO J.
17(13):3534-3541, 1998). Accordingly, it is unclear that strategies
to identify inhibitors of MIF activity through inhibition of
dopachrome tautomerase alone yields inhibitors of MIF activity of
clinical value. The ability to evaluate the inhibition of MIF to
its cell surface receptor is also limited since no high affinity
receptor is currently known.
[0006] The interest in developing MIF inhibitors derives from the
observation that MIF is known for its cytokine activity
concentrating macrophages at sites of infection, and cell-mediated
immunity. Moreover, MIF is known as a mediator of macrophage
adherence, phagocytosis, and tumoricidal activity. See Weiser et
al., J. Immunol. 147:2006-2011, 1991. Hence, the inhibition of MIF
results in the indirect inhibition of cytokines, growth factors,
chemokines and lymphokines that the macrophage may otherwise bring
to a site of inflammation. Human MIF cDNA has been isolated from a
T-cell line, and encodes a protein having a molecular mass of about
12.4 kDa with 115 amino acid residues that form a homotrimer as the
active form (Weiser et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA
86:7522-7526, 1989). While MIF was originally observed in activated
T-cells, it has now been reported in a variety of tissues including
the liver, lung, eye lens, ovary, brain, heart, spleen, kidney,
muscle, and others. See Takahashi et al., Microbiol. Immunol.
43(1):61-67, 1999. Another characteristic of MIF is its lack of a
traditional leader sequence (i.e., a leaderless protein) to direct
classical secretion through the Endoplasmic Reticulum/Golgi
(ER/Golgi) pathway.
[0007] A MIF inhibitor (and a method to identify MIF inhibitors)
that act by neutralizing the cytokine activity of MIF presents
significant advantages over other types of inhibitors. For example,
the link between tautomerase activity alone and the inflammatory
response is controversial. Furthermore, inhibitors that act
intracellularly are often toxic by virtue of their action on
related targets or the activities of the target inside cells. Small
molecule inhibitors of the ligand receptor complex are difficult to
identify let alone optimize and develop. The ideal inhibitor of a
cytokine like MIF is one that alters MIF itself so that when
released from the cell it is effectively neutralized. A small
molecule with this activity is superior to antibodies because of
the fundamental difference between proteins and chemicals as drugs.
MIF inhibitors are disclosed in copending U.S. patent application
Ser. No. 10/156,650 filed May 24, 2002.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0008] As MIF has been identified in a variety of tissues and has
been associated with numerous pathological events, there exists a
need in the art to identify inhibitors of MIF. There is also a need
for pharmaceutical compositions containing such inhibitors, as well
as methods relating to the use thereof to treat, for example,
immune related disorders or other MIF induced pathological events,
such as tumor associated angiogenesis. The preferred embodiments
may fulfill these needs, and provide other advantages as well.
[0009] In preferred embodiments, inhibitors of MIF are provided
that have the following general structures (Ia) and (Ib): ##STR2##
including stereoisomers, prodrugs, and pharmaceutically acceptable
salts thereof, wherein n, R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.3, R4, X, and Z
are as defined below.
[0010] The MIF inhibitors of preferred embodiments have utility
over a wide range of therapeutic applications, and may be employed
to treat a variety of disorders, illnesses, or pathological
conditions including, but not limited to, a variety of immune
related responses, tumor growth (e.g., prostate cancer, and the
like), glomerulonephritis, inflammation, malarial anemia, septic
shock, tumor associated angiogenesis, vitreoretinopathy, psoriasis,
graft versus host disease (tissue rejection), atopic dermatitis,
rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, otitis media,
Crohn's disease, acute respiratory distress syndrome, delayed-type
hypersensitivity, and others. See, e.g., Metz and Bucala (supra);
Swope and Lolis, Rev. Physiol. Biochem. Pharmacol 139:1-32, 1999;
Waeber et al., Diabetes M Res. Rev. 15(1):47-54, 1999; Nishihira,
Int. J. Mol. Med. 2(1):17-28, 1998; Bucala, Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci.
840:74-82, 1998; Bernhagen et al., J. Mol. Med. 76(3-4):151-161,
1998; Donnelly and Bucala, Mol. Med. Today 3(11):502-507, 1997;
Bucala et al., FASEB J. 10(14):1607-1613, 1996. Such methods
include administering an effective amount of one or more inhibitors
of MIF as provided by the preferred embodiments, preferably in the
form of a pharmaceutical composition, to an animal in need thereof.
Accordingly, in another embodiment, pharmaceutical compositions are
provided containing one or more inhibitors of MIF of preferred
embodiments in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable
carrier and/or diluent.
[0011] One strategy of a preferred embodiment characterizes
molecules that interact with MIF so as to induce a conformational
change in MIF and as such a loss of immunoreactivity to a
monoclonal antibody. This change, when identified by screening,
identifies small molecule inhibitors of MIF. This particular aspect
may be extended to any bioactive polypeptide where loss of
immunoreactivity may act as a surrogate for activity (e.g.,
cytokine activity, enzymatic activity, co-factor activity, or the
like).
[0012] In a first embodiment, a compound is provided having a
structure: ##STR3## or a stereoisomer, a prodrug, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X is oxygen or
sulfur; Z is --CH.sub.2-- or --C(.dbd.O)--; n is 0, 1, or 2, with
the proviso that when n is 0, Z is --C(.dbd.O)--; R.sub.1 is
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl,
substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl,
substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl,
substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl,
substituted heterocyclearyl, dialkyl, and R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--,
wherein x is 2 to 4, and wherein R' and R'' are independently
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl,
substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl,
substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl,
substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl,
substituted heterocyclearyl, and dialkyl; R.sub.2 and R.sub.3 are
independently selected from the group consisting of halogen,
--R.sub.5, --OR.sub.5, --SR.sub.5, and --NR.sub.5R.sub.6; R.sub.4
is selected from the group consisting of: ##STR4##
--CH.sub.2R.sub.7, --C(.dbd.O)NR.sub.5R.sub.6, --C(.dbd.O)OR.sub.7,
--C(.dbd.O)R.sub.7, and R.sub.8; R.sub.5 and R.sub.6 are
independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl,
arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl,
acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted
heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl,
heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, dialkyl, and
R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and wherein R' and
R'' are independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl,
substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl,
substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle,
substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, and
dialkyl; or R.sub.5 and R.sub.6 taken together with a nitrogen atom
to which they are attached form a heterocycle or substituted
heterocycle; R.sub.7 is selected from the group consisting of
alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl,
arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl,
acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted
heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl,
heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, dialkyl, and
R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and wherein R' and
R'' are independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl,
substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl,
substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle,
substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, and
dialkyl; and R.sub.8 is selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl,
substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl,
substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle,
substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl,
dialkyl, and R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and
wherein R' and R'' are independently selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl,
aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl,
acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl,
heterocycle, substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, and
dialkyl.
[0013] In an aspect of the first embodiment, a composition is
provided comprising the compound of the first embodiment in
combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or
diluent.
[0014] In an aspect of the first embodiment, a method is provided
for treating inflammation in a warm-blooded animal, comprising
administering to the animal an effective amount of the compound of
the first embodiment.
[0015] In an aspect of the first embodiment, a method is provided
for treating septic shock in a warm-blooded animal, comprising
administering to the animal an effective amount of the compound of
the first embodiment.
[0016] In an aspect of the first embodiment, a method is provided
for treating arthritis in a warm-blooded animal, comprising
administering to the animal an effective amount of the compound of
the first embodiment.
[0017] In an aspect of the first embodiment, a method is provided
for treating cancer in a warm-blooded animal, comprising
administering to the animal an effective amount of the compound of
the first embodiment.
[0018] In an aspect of the first embodiment, a method is provided
for treating acute respiratory distress syndrome in a warm-blooded
animal, comprising administering to the animal an effective amount
of the compound of the first embodiment.
[0019] In an aspect of the first embodiment, a method is provided
for treating an inflammatory disease in a warm-blooded animal,
comprising administering to the animal an effective amount of the
compound of the first embodiment. The inflammatory disease can
include rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, inflammatory bowel
disease, or asthma.
[0020] In an aspect of the first embodiment, a method is provided
for treating an autoimmune disorder in a warm-blooded animal,
comprising administering to the animal an effective amount of the
compound of the first embodiment. The autoimmune disorder can
include diabetes, asthma, or multiple sclerosis.
[0021] In an aspect of the first embodiment, a method is provided
for suppressing an immune response in a warm-blooded animal,
comprising administering to the animal an effective amount of the
compound of the first embodiment.
[0022] In an aspect of the first embodiment, a method is provided
for decreasing angiogenesis a warm-blooded animal, comprising
administering to the animal an effective amount of the compound of
the first embodiment.
[0023] In an aspect of the first embodiment, a method is provided
for treating a disease associated with excess glucocorticoid levels
in a warm-blooded animal, comprising administering to the animal an
effective amount of the compound of the first embodiment. The
disease can include Cushing's disease.
[0024] In an aspect of the first embodiment, a pharmaceutical
composition is provided for treating a disease or disorder wherein
MIF is pathogenic, the pharmaceutical composition comprising a MIF
inhibiting compound according to the first embodiment and a drug
for treating the disease or disorder, wherein the drug has no
measurable MIF inhibiting activity.
[0025] In an aspect of the first embodiment, a pharmaceutical
composition is provided for treating a disease or disorder wherein
MIF is pathogenic, the pharmaceutical composition comprising a MIF
inhibiting compound according to the first embodiment and a drug
selected from the group consisting of nonsteroidal
anti-inflammatory drugs, anti-infective drugs, beta stimulants,
steroids, antihistamines, anticancer drugs, asthma drugs, sepsis
drugs, arthritis drugs, and immunosuppresive drugs.
[0026] In a second embodiment, a compound is provided having a
structure: ##STR5## or a stereoisomer, a prodrug, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0027] In a third embodiment, a method is provided for reducing MIF
activity in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to
the patient an effective amount of a compound having the structure:
##STR6## or a stereoisomer, a prodrug, or a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt thereof.
[0028] In a fourth embodiment, a compound is provided having a
structure: ##STR7## or a stereoisomer, a prodrug, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R.sub.1 is
selected from the group consisting of: ##STR8##
--CH.sub.2CH.sub.2N(R''').sub.2,
--CH.sub.2CH.sub.2NC(O)N(R''').sub.2, and --CH.sub.2COOR''';
R.sub.12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
chlorine, fluorine, and methyl; R.sub.4 is selected from the group
consisting of: ##STR9## R''' is independently selected from the
group consisting of hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, linear
C.sub.1-C.sub.5 alkyl, and branched C.sub.1-C.sub.5 alkyl; and R'''
is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, alkyl,
cyano, nitro, --COOR''', --N(R''').sub.2, --OR''', --NHCOR''', and
--OCF.sub.3.
[0029] In a fifth embodiment, a compound is provided having a
structure: ##STR10## or a stereoisomer, a prodrug, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R.sub.1 is
selected from the group consisting of: ##STR11## R.sub.4 is
selected from the group consisting of: ##STR12## R.sub.12 is
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, chlorine, fluorine,
and methyl.
[0030] In a sixth embodiment, a method is provided for reducing MIF
activity in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to
the patient an effective amount of a compound having the structure:
##STR13## or a stereoisomer, a prodrug, or a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt thereof, wherein X is oxygen or sulfur; Z is
--CH.sub.2-- or --C(.dbd.O)--; n is 0, 1, or 2, with the proviso
that when n is 0, Z is --C(.dbd.O)--; R.sub.1 is selected from the
group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted
alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted
arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted
acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl,
substituted heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted
heterocyclearyl, dialkyl, and R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x
is 2 to 4, and wherein R' and R'' are independently selected from
the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted
alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted
arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted
acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl,
substituted heterocycleaakyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted
heterocyclearyl, and dialkyl; R.sub.2 and R.sub.3 are independently
selected from the group consisting of halogen, --R.sub.5,
--OR.sub.5, --SR.sub.5, and --NR.sub.5R.sub.6; R.sub.4 is selected
from the group consisting of: ##STR14## --CH.sub.2R.sub.7,
--C(.dbd.O)NR.sub.5R.sub.6, --C(.dbd.O)OR.sub.7,
--C(.dbd.O)R.sub.7, and R.sub.8; R.sub.5 and R.sub.6 are
independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl,
arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl,
acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted
heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl,
heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, dialkyl, and
R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and wherein R' and
R'' are independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl,
substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl,
substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle,
substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, and
dialkyl; or R.sub.5 and R.sub.6 taken together with a nitrogen atom
to which they are attached form a heterocycle or substituted
heterocycle; R.sub.7 is selected from the group consisting of
alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl,
substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl,
substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle,
substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl,
dialkyl, and R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and
wherein R' and R'' are independently selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl,
aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl,
acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl,
heterocycle, substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, and
dialkyl; and R.sub.8 is selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl,
substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl,
substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle,
substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl,
dialkyl, and R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and
wherein R' and R'' are independently selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl,
aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl,
acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl,
heterocycle, substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, and
dialkyl.
[0031] In a seventh embodiment, a compound is provided having a
structure: ##STR15## or a stereoisomer, a prodrug, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X is oxygen or
sulfur; Z is --CH.sub.2-- or --C(.dbd.O)--; n is 0, 1, or 2, with
the proviso that when n is 0, Z is --C(.dbd.O)--; R.sub.1 is
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl,
substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl,
substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl,
substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl,
substituted heterocyclearyl, dialkyl, and R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--,
wherein x is 2 to 4, and wherein R' and R'' are independently
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl,
substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl,
substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl,
substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl,
substituted heterocyclearyl, and dialkyl; R.sub.2 and R.sub.3 are
independently selected from the group consisting of halogen,
--R.sub.5, --OR.sub.5, --SR.sub.5, and --NR.sub.5R.sub.6; R.sub.4
is selected from the group consisting of: ##STR16##
--CH.sub.2R.sub.7, --C(.dbd.O)NR.sub.5R.sub.6, --C(.dbd.O)OR.sub.7,
--C(.dbd.O)R.sub.7, and R.sub.8; R.sub.5 and R.sub.6 are
independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl,
arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl,
acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted
heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl,
heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, dialkyl, and
R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and wherein R' and
R'' are independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl,
substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl,
substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle,
substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, and
dialkyl; R.sub.7 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl,
alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl,
arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl,
acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted
heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl,
heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, dialkyl, and
R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and wherein R' and
R'' are independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl,
substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl,
substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle,
substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, and
dialkyl; and R.sub.8 is selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl,
substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl,
substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle,
substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl,
dialkyl, and R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and
wherein R' and R'' are independently selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl,
aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl,
acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl,
heterocycle, substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, and
dialkyl.
[0032] In an aspect of the seventh embodiment, a composition is
provided comprising the compound of the seventh embodiment in
combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or
diluent.
[0033] In an aspect of the seventh embodiment, a method is provided
for treating inflammation in a warm-blooded animal, comprising
administering to the animal an effective amount of the compound of
the seventh embodiment.
[0034] In an aspect of the seventh embodiment, a method is provided
for treating septic shock in a warm-blooded animal, comprising
administering to the animal an effective amount of the compound of
the seventh embodiment.
[0035] In an aspect of the seventh embodiment, a method is provided
for treating arthritis in a warm-blooded animal, comprising
administering to the animal an effective amount of the compound of
the seventh embodiment.
[0036] In an aspect of the seventh embodiment, a method is provided
for treating cancer in a warm-blooded animal, comprising
administering to the animal an effective amount of the compound of
the seventh embodiment.
[0037] In an aspect of the seventh embodiment, a method is provided
for treating acute respiratory distress syndrome in a warm-blooded
animal, comprising administering to the animal an effective amount
of the compound of the seventh embodiment.
[0038] In an aspect of the seventh embodiment, a method is provided
for treating an inflammatory disease in a warm-blooded animal,
comprising administering to the animal an effective amount of the
compound of the seventh embodiment. The inflammatory disease can
include rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, inflammatory bowel
disease, or asthma.
[0039] In an aspect of the seventh embodiment, a method is provided
for treating an autoimmune disorder in a warm-blooded animal,
comprising administering to the animal an effective amount of the
compound of the seventh embodiment. The autoimmune disorder can
include diabetes, asthma, or multiple sclerosis.
[0040] In an aspect of the seventh embodiment, a method is provided
for suppressing an immune response in a warm-blooded animal,
comprising administering to the animal an effective amount of the
compound of the seventh embodiment.
[0041] In an aspect of the seventh embodiment, a method is provided
for decreasing angiogenesis in a warm-blooded animal, comprising
administering to the animal an effective amount of the compound of
the seventh embodiment.
[0042] In an aspect of the seventh embodiment, a method is provided
for treating a disease associated with excess glucocorticoid levels
in a warm-blooded animal, comprising administering to the animal an
effective amount of the compound of the seventh embodiment. The
disease can include Cushing's disease.
[0043] In an aspect of the seventh embodiment, a pharmaceutical
composition is provided for treating a disease or disorder wherein
MIF is pathogenic, the pharmaceutical composition comprising a MIF
inhibiting compound according to the seventh embodiment and a drug
for treating the disease or disorder, wherein the drug has no
measurable MIF inhibiting activity.
[0044] In an aspect of the seventh embodiment, a pharmaceutical
composition is provided for treating a disease or disorder wherein
MIF is pathogenic, the pharmaceutical composition comprising a MIF
inhibiting compound according to the seventh embodiment and a drug
selected from the group consisting of nonsteroidal
anti-inflammatory drugs, anti-infective drugs, beta stimulants,
steroids, antihistamines, anticancer drugs, asthma drugs, sepsis
drugs, arthritis drugs, and immunosuppresive drugs.
[0045] In an eighth embodiment, a method is provided for reducing
MIF activity in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering
to the patient an effective amount of a compound having the
structure: ##STR17## or a stereoisomer, a prodrug, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X is oxygen or
sulfur; Z is --CH.sub.2-- or --C(.dbd.O)--; n is 0, 1, or 2, with
the proviso that when n is 0, Z is --C(.dbd.O)--; R.sub.1 is
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl,
substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl,
substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl,
substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl,
substituted heterocyclearyl, dialkyl, and R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--,
wherein x is 2 to 4, and wherein R' and R'' are independently
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl,
substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl,
substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl,
substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl,
substituted heterocyclearyl, and dialkyl; R.sub.2 and R.sub.3 are
independently selected from the group consisting of halogen,
--R.sub.5, --OR.sub.5, --SR.sub.5, and --NR.sub.5R.sub.6; R.sub.4
is selected from the group consisting of --CH.sub.2R.sub.7,
--C(.dbd.O)NR.sub.5R.sub.6, --C(.dbd.O)OR.sub.7,
--C(.dbd.O)R.sub.7, and R.sub.8; R.sub.5 and R.sub.6 are
independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl,
arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl,
acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted
heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl,
heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, dialkyl, and
R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and wherein R' and
R'' are independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl,
substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl,
substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle,
substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, and
dialkyl; or R.sub.5 and R.sub.6 taken together with a nitrogen atom
to which they are attached form a heterocycle or substituted
heterocycle; R.sub.7 is selected from the group consisting of
alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl,
arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl,
acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted
heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl,
heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, dialkyl, and
R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and wherein R' and
R'' are independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl,
substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl,
substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle,
substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, and
dialkyl; and R.sub.8 is selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl,
substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl,
substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle,
substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl,
dialkyl, and R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and
wherein R' and R'' are independently selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl,
aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl,
acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl,
heterocycle, substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, and
dialkyl.
[0046] In a ninth embodiment, a process is provided for preparing a
compound of Formula IVa comprising the steps of reacting a compound
of Formula I: ##STR18## with a compound of Formula II: ##STR19##
thereby obtaining a compound of Formula III: ##STR20## and reacting
the compound of Formula III with a compound of formula X-R.sub.1,
thereby obtaining a compound of Formula IVa: ##STR21## wherein the
compound of Formula IVa is suitable for use as a MIF inhibitor, and
wherein: R.sub.2 and R.sub.3 are independently selected from the
group consisting of halogen, --R.sub.5, --OR.sub.5, --SR.sub.5, and
--NR.sub.5R.sub.6; R.sub.4 is selected from the group consisting of
--CH.sub.2R.sub.7, --C(.dbd.O)OR.sub.7, --C(.dbd.O)R.sub.7,
R.sub.8, and --C(.dbd.O)NR.sub.5R.sub.6; R.sub.5 and R.sub.6 are
independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl,
arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl,
acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted
heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl,
heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, dialkyl, and
R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and wherein R' and
R'' are independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl,
substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl,
substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle,
substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, and
dialkyl; or R.sub.5 and R.sub.6 taken together with a nitrogen atom
to which they are attached form a heterocycle or substituted
heterocycle; R.sub.7 is selected from the group consisting of
alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl,
arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl,
acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted
heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl,
heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, dialkyl, and
R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and wherein R' and
R'' are independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl,
substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl,
substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle,
substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, and
dialkyl; and R.sub.8 is selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl,
substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl,
substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle,
substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl,
dialkyl, and R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and
wherein R' and R'' are independently selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl,
aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl,
acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl,
heterocycle, substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, and
dialkyl; X is selected from the group consisting of Cl, Br, and I;
and R.sub.1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl,
arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl,
acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted
heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl,
heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, dialkyl, and
R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and wherein R' and
R'' are independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl,
substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl,
substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle,
substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, and
dialkyl.
[0047] In a tenth embodiment, a process is provided for preparing a
compound of Formula IVb comprising the steps of reacting a compound
of Formula I: ##STR22## with a compound of Formula II: ##STR23##
thereby obtaining a compound of Formula III: ##STR24## and reacting
the compound of Formula III with a compound comprising X-R.sub.1,
wherein X is selected from the group consisting of Cl, Br, and I,
and wherein R.sub.1 is selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl,
substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl,
substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle,
substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl,
dialkyl, and R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and
wherein R' and R'' are independently selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl,
aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl,
acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl,
heterocycle, substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, and
dialkyl, wherein x is 2 to 4, thereby obtaining a compound of
Formula IVb: ##STR25## wherein the compound of Formula IVb is
suitable for use as a MIF inhibitor.
[0048] In an eleventh embodiment, a process is provided for
preparing a compound of Formula IVa comprising the steps of
reacting a compound of Formula I: ##STR26## with piperazine,
thereby obtaining a compound of Formula IIIa: ##STR27## and
thereafter reacting the compound of Formula IIIa with a compound of
the formula R.sub.4--C(O)--X, thereby obtaining a compound of
Formula IVa: ##STR28## wherein the compound of Formula IVa is
suitable for use as a MIF inhibitor, and wherein R.sub.2 and
R.sub.3 are independently selected from the group consisting of
halogen, --R.sub.5, --OR.sub.5, --SR.sub.5, and --NR.sub.5R.sub.6;
R.sub.4 is selected from the group consisting of --CH.sub.2R.sub.7,
--C(.dbd.O)NR.sub.5R.sub.6, R.sub.8, --C(.dbd.O)OR.sub.7,
--C(.dbd.O)R.sub.7; R.sub.5 and R.sub.6 are independently selected
from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl,
substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl,
substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl,
substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl,
substituted heterocyclearyl, dialkyl, and R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--,
wherein x is 2 to 4, and wherein R' and R'' are independently
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl,
substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl,
substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl,
substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl,
substituted heterocyclearyl, and dialkyl; or R.sub.5 and R.sub.6
taken together with a nitrogen atom to which they are attached form
a heterocycle or substituted heterocycle; R.sub.7 is selected from
the group consisting of alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl,
aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl,
acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl,
heterocycle, substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl,
dialkyl, and R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and
wherein R' and R'' are independently selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl,
aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl,
acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl,
heterocycle, substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, and
dialkyl; and R.sub.8 is selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl,
substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl,
substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle,
substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl,
dialkyl, and R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and
wherein R' and R'' are independently selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl,
aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl,
acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl,
heterocycle, substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, and
dialkyl; X is selected from the group consisting of Cl, Br, and I;
and R.sub.1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl,
arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl,
acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted
heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl,
heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, dialkyl, and
R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and wherein R' and
R'' are independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl,
substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl,
substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle,
substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, and
dialkyl.
[0049] In a twelfth embodiment, a process is provided for preparing
a compound of Formula IVb comprising the steps of reacting a
compound of Formula I: ##STR29## with piperazine, thereby obtaining
a compound of Formula IIIa: ##STR30## and thereafter reacting the
compound of Formula IIIa with a compound of the formula
R.sub.4--C(O)--X, thereby obtaining a compound of Formula IVb:
##STR31## wherein the compound of Formula IVb is suitable for use
as a MIF inhibitor, and wherein R.sub.2 and R.sub.3 are
independently selected from the group consisting of halogen,
--R.sub.5, --OR.sub.5, --SR.sub.5, and --NR.sub.5R.sub.6; R.sub.4
is selected from the group consisting of --CH.sub.2R.sub.7,
--C(.dbd.O)NR.sub.5R.sub.6, R.sub.8, --C(.dbd.O)OR.sub.7,
--C(.dbd.O)R.sub.7; R.sub.5 and R.sub.6 are independently selected
from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl,
substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl,
substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl,
substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl,
substituted heterocyclearyl, dialkyl, and R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--,
wherein x is 2 to 4, and wherein R' and R'' are independently
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl,
substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl,
substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl,
substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl,
substituted heterocyclearyl, and dialkyl; or R.sub.5 and R.sub.6
taken together with a nitrogen atom to which they are attached form
a heterocycle or substituted heterocycle; R.sub.7 is selected from
the group consisting of alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl,
aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl,
acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl,
heterocycle, substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl,
dialkyl, and R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and
wherein R' and R'' are independently selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl,
aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl,
acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl,
heterocycle, substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, and
dialkyl; and R.sub.8 is selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl,
substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl,
substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle,
substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl,
dialkyl, and R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and
wherein R' and R'' are independently selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl,
aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl,
acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl,
heterocycle, substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, and
dialkyl; X is selected from the group consisting of Cl, Br, and I;
and R.sub.1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl,
arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl,
acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted
heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl,
heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, dialkyl, and
R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and wherein R' and
R'' are independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl,
substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl,
substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle,
substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, and
dialkyl.
[0050] In a thirteenth embodiment, a process is provided for
preparing an intermediate compound of Formula I comprising the
steps of reacting a compound of Formula Iaa: ##STR32## with
cyclohexanamine, thereby obtaining a compound of Formula IIIaa:
##STR33## reacting the compound of Formula IIIaa with POCl.sub.3,
thereby obtaining a compound of Formula Ia: ##STR34## and
thereafter reacting the compound of Formula 1a with ammonium
acetate in acetic acid, thereby obtaining an intermediate compound
of Formula I: ##STR35## wherein the compound of Formula I is
suitable for use in preparing a MIF inhibitor, and wherein R.sub.2
and R.sub.3 are independently selected from the group consisting of
halogen, --R.sub.5, --OR.sub.5, --SR.sub.5, and --NR.sub.5R.sub.6;
R.sub.4 is selected from the group consisting of --CH.sub.2R.sub.7,
--C(.dbd.O)NR.sub.5R.sub.6, --C(.dbd.O)OR.sub.7,
--C(.dbd.O)R.sub.7, and R.sub.8; R.sub.5 and R.sub.6 are
independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl,
arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl,
acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted
heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl,
heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, dialkyl, and
R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and wherein R' and
R'' are independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl,
substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl,
substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle,
substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, and
dialkyl; or R.sub.5 and R.sub.6 taken together with a nitrogen atom
to which they are attached form a heterocycle or substituted
heterocycle; R.sub.7 is selected from the group consisting of
alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl,
arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl,
acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted
heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl,
heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, dialkyl, and
R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and wherein R' and
R'' are independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl,
substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl,
substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle,
substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, and
dialkyl; and R.sub.8 is selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl,
arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, heterocycle, substituted
heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclearyl,
dialkyl, and R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and
wherein R' and R'' are independently selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl,
aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl,
acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl,
heterocycle, substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, and
dialkyl; X is selected from the group consisting of Cl, Br, and I;
and R.sub.1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl,
arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl,
acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted
heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl,
heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, dialkyl, and
R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and wherein R' and
R'' are independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl,
substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl,
substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle
substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, and
dialkyl.
[0051] These and other embodiments and aspects thereof will be
apparent upon reference to the following detailed description. To
this end, various references are set forth herein which describe in
more detail certain procedures, compounds and/or compositions, and
are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0052] FIG. 1 provides THP-1 Cell Assay data for Compound 200.
[0053] FIG. 2 provides in vitro tautomerase inhibitory activity
data for Compound 200.
[0054] FIG. 3 provides in vitro tautomerase inhibitory activity
data for Compound 203.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENT
[0055] The following description and examples illustrate a
preferred embodiment of the present invention in detail. Those of
skill in the art will recognize that there are numerous variations
and modifications of this invention that are encompassed by its
scope. Accordingly, the description of a preferred embodiment
should not be deemed to limit the scope of the present
invention.
[0056] As an aid to understanding the preferred embodiments,
certain definitions are provided herein.
[0057] The term "MIF activity," as used herein is a broad term and
is used in its ordinary sense, including, without limitation, to
refer to an activity or effect mediated at least in part by
macrophage migration inhibitory factor. Accordingly, MIF activity
includes, but is not limited to, inhibition of macrophage
migration, tautomerase activity (e.g., using phenylpyruvate or
dopachrome), endotoxin induced shock, inflammation, glucocorticoid
counter regulation, induction of thymidine incorporation into 3T3
fibroblasts, induction of erk phosphorylation and MAP kinase
activity.
[0058] The term "export," as used herein is a broad term and is
used in its ordinary sense, including, without limitation, to refer
to a metabolically active process, which may or may not be
energy-dependent, of transporting a translated cellular product to
the cell membrane or the extracellular space by a mechanism other
than standard leader sequence directed secretion via a canonical
leader sequence. Further, "export," unlike secretion that is leader
sequence-dependent, is resistant to brefeldin A (i.e., the exported
protein is not transported via the ER/Golgi; brefeldin A is
expected to have no direct effect on trafficking of an exported
protein) and other similar compounds. As used herein, "export" may
also be referred to as "non-classical secretion."
[0059] The term "leaderless protein," as used herein is a broad
term and is used in its ordinary sense, including, without
limitation, to refer to a protein or polypeptide that lacks a
canonical leader sequence, and is exported from inside a cell to
the extracellular environment. Leaderless proteins in the
extracellular environment refer to proteins located in the
extracellular space, or associated with the outer surface of the
cell membrane. Within the context of preferred embodiments,
leaderless proteins include naturally occurring proteins, such as
macrophage migration inhibitory factor and fragments thereof as
well as proteins that are engineered to lack a leader sequence and
are exported, or proteins that are engineered to include a fusion
of a leaderless protein, or fraction thereof, with another
protein.
[0060] The term "inhibitor," as used herein is a broad term and is
used in its ordinary sense, including, without limitation, to refer
to a molecule (e.g., natural or synthetic compound) that can alter
the conformation of MIF and/or compete with a monoclonal antibody
to MIF and decrease at least one activity of MIF or its export from
a cell as compared to activity or export in the absence of the
inhibitor. In other words, an "inhibitor" alters conformation
and/or activity and/or export if there is a statistically
significant change in the amount of MIF measured, MIF activity or
in MIF protein detected extracellularly and/or intracellularly in
an assay performed with an inhibitor, compared to the assay
performed without the inhibitor.
[0061] The term "binding agent," as used herein is a broad term and
is used in its ordinary sense, including, without limitation, to
refer to any molecule that binds MIF, including inhibitors.
[0062] In general, MIF inhibitors inhibit the physiological
function of MIF, and thus are useful in the treatment of diseases
where MIF may be pathogenic.
[0063] In certain of the preferred embodiments, inhibitors of MIF
are provided that have the following structures (Ia) and (Ib):
##STR36## including stereoisomers, prodrugs or pharmaceutically
acceptable salts thereof, wherein: X is oxygen or sulfur; Z is
--CH.sub.2-- or --C(.dbd.O)--; n is 0, 1 or 2, with the proviso
that when n is 0, Z is --C(.dbd.O)--; R.sub.1 is hydrogen, alkyl,
alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl,
arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl,
acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted
heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl,
heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, dialkyl, or
R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and wherein R' and
R'' are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl,
substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl,
substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl,
substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl,
substituted heterocyclearyl, or dialkyl; R.sub.2 and R.sub.3 are
the same or different and are independently, halogen, --R.sub.5,
--OR.sub.5, --SR.sub.5 or --NR.sub.5R.sub.6; R.sub.4 is
--CH.sub.2R.sub.7, --C(.dbd.O)NR.sub.5R.sub.6, --C(.dbd.O)OR.sub.7,
--C(.dbd.O)R.sub.7 or R.sub.8; R.sub.5 and R.sub.6 are the same and
are independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted
alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted
arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted
acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl,
substituted heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted
heterocyclearyl, dialkyl, or R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is
2 to 4, and wherein R' and R'' are independently selected from
hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl,
substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl,
substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle,
substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, or
dialkyl; or R.sub.5 and R.sub.6 taken together with the nitrogen
atom to which they are attached form a heterocycle or substituted
heterocycle; R.sub.7 is alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl,
aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl,
acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl,
heterocycle, substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl,
dialkyl, or R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and
wherein R' and R'' are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl,
alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl,
arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl,
acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted
heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl,
heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, or dialkyl; and
R.sub.8 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl,
substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl,
substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle,
substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl,
dialkyl, or R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and
wherein R' and R'' are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl,
alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl,
arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl,
acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted
heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl,
heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, or dialkyl.
[0064] In preferred embodiments, the groups R.sub.1 , R.sub.2,
R.sub.3, and R.sub.4 are attached to the aromatic ring (as in the
case of R.sub.2 and R.sub.3) or the heteroatom (as in the case of
R.sub.1 and R.sub.4) by a single bond. However, in certain
embodiments, R.sub.1 , R.sub.2, R.sub.3, and R.sub.4 can preferably
be attached by a linking group. Preferred linking groups have a
carbon backbone, or a carbon backbone wherein one or more of the
backbone carbons are substituted with a heteroatom, such as
nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Particularly preferred linkages
contain ether groups, carboxyl groups, carbonyl groups, sulfide
groups, sulfonyl groups, carboxamide groups, sulfonamide groups,
alkyl chains, aromatic rings, amine groups, and the like as part of
the backbone. Preferred linking groups generally have a backbone of
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 or more atoms in length.
Particularly preferred backbones are of 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 atoms in
length. In a preferred embodiment, methods are provided for
reducing MIF activity in a patient in need thereof by administering
to the patient an effective amount of a compound having the
following structure (Ia) and/or (Ib): ##STR37##
[0065] including stereoisomers, prodrugs or pharmaceutically
acceptable salts thereof, wherein: X is oxygen or sulfur; Z is
--CH.sub.2-- or --C(.dbd.O)--; n is 0, 1 or 2, with the proviso
that when n is 0, Z is --C(.dbd.O)--; R.sub.1 is hydrogen, alkyl,
alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl,
arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl,
acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted
heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl,
heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, dialkyl, or
R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and wherein R' and
R'' are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl,
substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl,
substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl,
substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl,
substituted heterocyclearyl, or dialkyl; R.sub.2 and R.sub.3 are
the same or different and are independently, halogen, --R.sub.5,
--OR.sub.5, --SR.sub.5 or --NR.sub.5R.sub.6; R.sub.4 is
--CH.sub.2R.sub.7, --C(.dbd.O) NR.sub.5R.sub.6, --C(.dbd.O)OR.sub.7
or R.sub.8; R.sub.5 and R.sub.6 are the same or different and are
independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl,
aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl,
acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl,
heterocycle, substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl,
dialkyl, or R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and
wherein R' and R'' are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl,
alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl,
arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl,
acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted
heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl,
heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, or dialkyl; or
R.sub.5 and R.sub.6 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which
they are attached form a heterocycle or substituted heterocycle;
R.sub.7 is alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl,
substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl,
substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle,
substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl,
dialkyl, or R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and
wherein R' and R'' are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl,
alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl,
arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl,
acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted
heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl,
heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, or dialkyl; and
R.sub.8 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl,
substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl,
substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle,
substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted
heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl,
dialkyl, or R'R''N(CH.sub.2).sub.x--, wherein x is 2 to 4, and
wherein R' and R'' are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl,
alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl,
arylalkyl,. substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted
acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted
heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl,
heterocyclearyl, substituted heterocyclearyl, or dialkyl. As used
herein, the above terms have the following meanings. The term
"alkyl," as used herein is a broad term and is used in its ordinary
sense, including, without limitation, to refer to a straight chain
or branched, noncyclic or cyclic, unsaturated or saturated
aliphatic hydrocarbon containing from one, two, three, four, five,
six, seven, eight, nine, or ten carbon atoms, while the term "lower
alkyl" has the same meaning as alkyl but contains from one, two,
three, four, five, or six carbon atoms. Representative saturated
straight chain alkyls include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl,
n-pentyl, n-hexyl, and the like; while saturated branched alkyls
include isopropyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, isopentyl, and
the like. Representative saturated cyclic alkyls include
cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl,
--CH.sub.2cyclopropyl, --CH.sub.2cyclobutyl, --CH.sub.2cyclopentyl,
--CH.sub.2cyclohexyl, and the like; while unsaturated cyclic alkyls
include cyclopentenyl and cyclohexenyl, and the like. Cyclic alkyls
are also referred to as "homocyclic rings" and include di- and
poly-homocyclic rings such as decalin and adamantane. Unsaturated
alkyls contain at least one double or triple bond between adjacent
carbon atoms (referred to as an "alkenyl" or "alkynyl,"
respectively). Representative straight chain and branched alkenyls
include ethylenyl, propylenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, isobutylenyl,
1-pentenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-methyl-1-butenyl, 2-methyl-2-butenyl,
2,3-dimethyl-2-butenyl, and the like; while representative straight
chain and branched alkynyls include acetylenyl, propynyl,
1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 1-pentynyl, 2-pentynyl, 3-methyl-1 butynyl,
and the like.
[0066] The term "alkylaryl," as used herein is a broad term and is
used in its ordinary sense, including, without limitation, to refer
to an aryl having at least one aryl hydrogen atom replaced with an
alkyl moiety.
[0067] The term "aryl," as used herein is a broad term and is used
in its ordinary sense, including, without limitation, to refer to
an aromatic carbocyclic moiety such as phenyl or naphthyl.
[0068] The term "arylalkyl," as used herein is a broad term and is
used in its ordinary sense, including, without limitation, to refer
to an alkyl having at least one alkyl hydrogen atom replaced with
an aryl moiety, such as benzyl, --CH.sub.2(1 or 2-naphthyl),
--(CH.sub.2).sub.2phenyl, --(CH.sub.2).sub.3phenyl,
--CH(phenyl).sub.2 and the like.
[0069] The term "heteroaryl," as used herein is a broad term and is
used in its ordinary sense, including, without limitation, to refer
to an aromatic heterocycle ring of five, six, seven, eight, nine,
or ten members and having at least one heteroatom selected from
nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and containing at least one carbon
atom, including both monocyclic and bicyclic ring systems.
Representative heteroaryls include (but are not limited to) furyl,
benzofuranyl, thiophenyl, benzothiophenyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl,
isoindolyl, azaindolyl, pyridyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl,
oxazolyl, isooxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl,
benzimidazolyl, thiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, isothiazolyl,
pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, cinnolinyl,
phthalazinyl, and quinazolinyl.
[0070] The term "heteroarylalkyl," as used herein is a broad term
and is used in its ordinary sense, including, without limitation,
to refer to an alkyl having at least one alkyl hydrogen atom
replaced with a heteroaryl moiety, such as --CH.sub.2pyridinyl,
--CH.sub.2pyrimidinyl, and the like.
[0071] The terms "heterocycle" and "heterocycle ring," as used
herein, are broad terms and are used in their ordinary sense,
including, without limitation, to refer to a five, six, or seven
membered monocyclic, or a seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve,
thirteen, or fourteen membered polycyclic, heterocycle ring which
is either saturated, unsaturated or aromatic, and which contains
one, two, three, or four heteroatoms independently selected from
nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur
heteroatoms may be optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom
may be optionally quaternized, including bicyclic rings in which
any of the above heterocycles are fused to a benzene ring as well
as tricyclic (and higher) heterocyclic rings. The heterocycle may
be attached via any heteroatom or carbon atom. Heterocycles include
heteroaryls as defined above. Thus, in addition to the aromatic
heteroaryls listed above, heterocycles also include (but are not
limited to) morpholinyl, pyrrolidinonyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl,
hydantoinyl, valerolactamyl, oxiranyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl,
tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, tetrahydroprimidinyl,
tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl,
tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, and the like.
[0072] The term "heterocyclealkyl," as used herein is a broad term
and is used in its ordinary sense, including, without limitation,
to refer to an alkyl having at least one alkyl hydrogen atom
replaced with a heterocycle, such as --CH.sub.2morpholinyl, and the
like.
[0073] The term "heterocyclearyl," as used herein is a broad term
and is used in its ordinary sense, including, without limitation,
to refer to an aryl having at least one aryl hydrogen atom replaced
with a heterocycle.
[0074] The term "acyl," as used herein is a broad term and is used
in its ordinary sense, including, without limitation, to refer to a
group or radical of the form R--C(O)--L-- wherein R is an organic
group, including but not limited to alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted
alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted
arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted
acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl,
substituted heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, or substituted
heterocyclearyl, each as herein defined, and L is R as defined
above or a single bond. Examples of acyl groups include moietes of
formula: ##STR38## wherein p is an integer selected from 0, 1, 2,
3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, and higher integers, and wherein each Q is
independently selected from hydrogen and R, wherein R is an organic
group, including but not limited to alkyl, alkylaryl, substituted
alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted
arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl, substituted
acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl,
substituted heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl, or substituted
heterocyclearyl, each as herein defined. In a preferred embodiment,
p is 1 and each Q is hydrogen.
[0075] The term "arylacyl," as used herein is a broad term and is
used in its ordinary sense, including, without limitation, to refer
to an acyl group wherein the R group includes an aryl group as
herein defined.
[0076] The term "alkylacyl," as used herein is a broad term and is
used in its ordinary sense, including, without limitation, to refer
to an acyl group wherein the R group includes an alkyl as herein
defined.
[0077] The term "acylalkyl," as used herein is a broad term and is
used in its ordinary sense, including, without limitation, to refer
to a group or radical of the form R--C(O)-Alk- wherein R is an
organic group, including but not limited to alkyl, alkylaryl,
substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl,
substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl,
substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl,
substituted heterocyclearyl, each as herein defined, and wherein
Alk includes an alkyl moiety.
[0078] The term "acylaryl," as used herein is a broad term and is
used in its ordinary sense, including, without limitation, to refer
to a group or radical of the form R--C(O)-Ary- wherein R is an
organic group, including but not limited to alkyl, alkylaryl,
substituted alkylaryl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl,
substituted arylalkyl, acylalkyl, substituted acylalkyl, acylaryl,
substituted acylaryl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl, heterocyclearyl,
substituted heterocyclearyl, each as herein defined, and wherein
Ary includes an aryl moiety.
[0079] The term "substituted," as used herein is a broad term and
is used in its ordinary sense, including, without limitation, to
refer to any of the above groups (e.g., alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl,
heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocycle or heterocyclealkyl)
wherein at least one hydrogen atom is replaced with a substituent.
In the case of a keto substituent ("--C(.dbd.O)--") two hydrogen
atoms are replaced. When substituted, "substituents," within the
context of preferred embodiment, include halogen, hydroxy, cyano,
nitro, sulfonamide, carboxamide, carboxyl, ether, carbonyl, amino,
alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, haloalkyl,
aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl,
heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, substituted
heteroarylalkyl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, substituted heterocyclealkyl, --NR.sub.aR.sub.b,
--NR.sub.aC(.dbd.O)R.sub.b, --OR.sub.a,
--NR.sub.aC(.dbd.O)NR.sub.aR.sub.b, --NR.sub.aC(.dbd.O)OR.sub.b
--NR.sub.aSO.sub.2R.sub.b, --OR.sub.a, --C(.dbd.O)R.sub.a
--C(.dbd.O)OR.sub.a, --SH, --SR.sub.a, --C(.dbd.O)NR.sub.aR.sub.b,
--OC(.dbd.O)NR.sub.aR.sub.b, --SOR.sub.a, --S(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sub.a,
--OS (.dbd.O).sub.2R.sub.a, --S(.dbd.O).sub.2OR.sub.a, wherein
R.sub.a and R.sub.b are the same or different and independently
hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted
aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted
heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl,
heterocycle, substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl or
substituted heterocyclealkyl.
[0080] The term "halogen," as used herein is a broad term and is
used in its ordinary sense, including, without limitation, to refer
to fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo.
[0081] The term "haloalkyl," as used herein is a broad term and is
used in its ordinary sense, including, without limitation, to refer
to an alkyl having at least one hydrogen atom replaced with
halogen, such as trifluoromethyl and the like.
[0082] The term "alkoxy," as used herein is a broad term and is
used in its ordinary sense, including, without limitation, to refer
to an alkyl moiety attached through an oxygen bridge (e.g.,
--O-alkyl) such as methoxy, ethoxy, and the like.
[0083] The term "thioalkyl," as used herein is a broad term and is
used in its ordinary sense, including, without limitation, to refer
to an alkyl moiety attached through a sulfur bridge (e.g.,
--S-alkyl) such as methylthio, ethylthio, and the like.
[0084] The term "alkylsulfonyl," as used herein is a broad term and
is used in its ordinary sense, including, without limitation, to
refer to an alkyl moiety attached through a sulfonyl bridge (e.g.,
--SO.sub.2-alkyl) such as methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, and the
like.
[0085] The terms "alkylamino" and "dialkyl amino" as used herein,
are broad terms and are used in their ordinary sense, including,
without limitation, to refer to one alkyl moiety or two alkyl
moieties, respectively, attached through a nitrogen bridge (for
example, --N-alkyl) such as methylamino, ethylamino, dimethylamino,
diethylamino, and the like.
[0086] The term "hydroxyalkyl," as used herein is a broad term and
is used in its ordinary sense, including, without limitation, to
refer to an alkyl substituted with at least one hydroxyl group.
[0087] The term "mono- or di(cycloalkyl)methyl," as used herein is
a broad term and is used in its ordinary sense, including, without
limitation, to refer to a methyl group substituted with one or two
cycloalkyl groups, such as cyclopropylmethyl, dicyclopropylmethyl,
and the like.
[0088] The term "alkylcarbonylalkyl," as used herein is a broad
term and is used in its ordinary sense, including, without
limitation, to refer to an alkyl substituted with a
--C(.dbd.O)alkyl group.
[0089] The term "alkylcarbonyloxyalkyl," as used herein is a broad
term and is used in its ordinary sense, including, without
limitation, to refer to an alkyl substituted with a
--C(.dbd.O)Oalkyl group or a --OC(.dbd.O)alkyl group.
[0090] The term "alkyloxyalkyl," as used herein is a broad term and
is used in its ordinary sense, including, without limitation, to
refer to an alkyl substituted with an --O-alkyl group.
[0091] The term "alkylthioalkyl," as used herein is a broad term
and is used in its ordinary sense, including, without limitation,
to refer to an alkyl substituted with a --S-alkyl group.
[0092] The term "mono- or di(alkyl)amino," as used herein is a
broad term and is used in its ordinary sense, including, without
limitation, to refer to an amino substituted with one alkyl or with
two alkyls, respectively.
[0093] The term "mono- or di(alkyl)aminoalkyl," as used herein is a
broad term and is used in its ordinary sense, including, without
limitation, to refer to an alkyl substituted with a mono- or
di(alkyl)amino.
[0094] The following numbering schemes are used in the context of
preferred embodiments: ##STR39## wherein R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.3,
R.sub.4, X, Z, and n are as defined above.
[0095] Depending upon the Z moiety, representative compounds of
preferred embodiments include the following structures (IIa) and
(IIb) when Z is methylene (--CH.sub.2--) and structures (IIIa) and
(IIIb) when Z is carbonyl (--C(.dbd.O)--): ##STR40## wherein
R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.3, R.sub.7, and R.sub.8, X, and n are as
defined above.
[0096] In further embodiments, n is 0, 1, or 2 as represented by
structures (IVa), (IVb), (Va), (Vb), (VIa), and (VIb),
respectively: ##STR41## ##STR42## wherein R.sub.1, R.sub.2,
R.sub.3, R.sub.4, X, and Z are as defined above.
[0097] In still further embodiments, compounds of preferred
embodiments have the following structures (VIIa) and (VIIb) when X
is oxygen and structures (VIIIa) and (VIIIb) when X is sulfur:
##STR43## wherein R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.3, R.sub.4, and Z are as
defined above.
[0098] In a particularly preferred embodiment, the MIF inhibitors
are of the structure: ##STR44## wherein R.sub.1' is selected from
moieties of the following formulas: ##STR45## wherein each R* is
independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, hydroxy,
alkyloxy, nitro, amine, nitrile, carboxylic acid, carboxylic acid
ester, alkyl amine, CF.sub.3, --OCF.sub.3, sulfonamide, and
carboxamide. In particularly preferred embodiments, each R* in
R.sub.1' is hydrogen, as in the following structures: ##STR46##
[0099] In particularly preferred embodiments, the MIF inhibitors
are of the following structures: ##STR47##
[0100] The compounds of preferred embodiments may generally be
employed as the free acid or free base. Alternatively, the
compounds of preferred embodiments may preferably be in the form of
acid or base addition salts. Acid addition salts of the free base
amino compounds of preferred embodiments may be prepared by methods
well known in the art, and may be formed from organic and inorganic
acids. Suitable organic acids include maleic, fumaric, benzoic,
ascorbic, succinic, methanesulfonic, acetic, oxalic, propionic,
tartaric, salicylic, citric, gluconic, lactic, mandelic, cinnamic,
aspartic, stearic, palmitic, glycolic, glutamic, and
benzenesulfonic acids. Suitable inorganic acids include
hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, phosphoric, and nitric acids.
Base addition salts of the free acid may similarly be prepared by
methods well known in the art, and may be formed from suitable
bases, such as cations chosen from the alkali and alkaline earth
metals (e.g., lithium, sodium, potassium, magnesium, barium, or
calcium) as well as the ammonium cation. The term "pharmaceutically
acceptable salt" of structure (Ia) or (Ib) is intended to encompass
any and all acceptable salt forms.
[0101] The compounds of structure (Ia) and (Ib) may be prepared
according to the organic synthesis techniques known to those
skilled in this field, as well as by the representative methods set
forth in the Examples.
MIF as a Drug Target
[0102] Macrophage migration inhibitory factor (MIF) may be well
suited for analysis as a drug target as its activity has been
implicated in a variety of pathophysiological conditions. For
instance, MIF has been shown to be a significant mediator in both
inflammatory responses and cellular proliferation. In this regard,
MIF has been shown to play roles as a cytokine, a pituitary
hormone, as glucocorticoid-induced immunomodulator, and just
recently as a neuroimmunomodulator and in neuronal function.
Takahashi et al., Mol. Med. 4:707-714, 1998; Bucala, Ann. N.Y.
Acad. Sci. 840:74-82, 1998; Bacher et al., Mol. Med. 4(4):217-230,
1998. Further, it has been recently demonstrated that anti-MIF
antibodies have a variety of uses, notably decreased tumor growth,
along with an observed reduction in angiogenesis. Ogawa et al.,
Cytokine 12(4):309-314, 2000; Metz and Bucala (supra). Accordingly,
small molecules that can inhibit MIF have significant value in the
treatment of inflammatory responses, reduction of angiogenesis,
viral infection, bacterial infection, treatment of cancer
(specifically tumorigenesis and apoptosis), treatment of graft
versus host disease and associated tissue rejection. A MIF
inhibitor may be particularly useful in a variety of immune related
responses, tumor growth, glomerulonephritis, inflammation, malarial
anemia, septic shock, tumor associated angiogenesis,
vitreoretinopathy, psoriasis, graft versus host disease (tissue
rejection), atopic dermatitis, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory
bowel disease, inflammatory lung disorders, otitis media, Crohn's
disease, acute respiratory distress syndrome, delayed-type
hypersensitivity. A MIF inhibitor may also be useful in the
treatment of stress and glucocorticoid function disorders, e.g.,
counter regulation of glucocorticoid action; or overriding of
glucocorticoid mediated suppression of arachidonate release (Cys-60
based catalytic MIF oxidoreductase activity or
JABI/CSNS-MIF-interaction based mechanism).
[0103] One example of the utility of a MIF inhibitor may be
evidenced by the fact that following endotoxin exposure detectable
serum concentrations of MIF gradually increase during the acute
phase (1-8 hours), peak at 8 hours and persist during the
post-acute phase (>8 hours) for up to 20 hours. While not
limited to any theory of operation, MIF may likely be produced by
activated T-cells and macrophages during the proinflammatory stage
of endotoxin-induced shock, e.g., as part of the localized response
to infection. Once released by a pro-inflammatory stimulus, e.g.,
low concentrations of LPS, or by TNF-.alpha. and IFN-.gamma.,
macrophage-derived MIF may be the probable source of MIF produced
during the acute phase of endotoxic shock. Both the pituitary,
which releases MIF in response to LPS, and macrophages are the
probable source of MIF in the post-acute phase of endotoxic shock,
when the infection is no longer confined to a localized site. See,
e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,080,407, incorporated herein by reference in
its entirety and describing these results with anti-MIF
antibodies.
[0104] As demonstrated herein, inhibitors of preferred embodiments
inhibit lethality in mice following LPS challenge and likely
attenuate IL-1.beta. and TNF-.alpha. levels. Accordingly, a variety
of inflammatory conditions may be amenable to treatment with a MIF
inhibitor. In this regard, among other advantages, the inhibition
of MIF activity and/or release may be employed to treat
inflammatory response and shock. Beneficial effects may be achieved
by intervention at both early and late stages of the shock
response. In this respect, while not limited to any theory or
mechanism responsible for the protective effect of MIF inhibition,
anti-MIF studies have demonstrated that introduction of anti-MIF
antibodies is associated with an appreciable (up to 35-40%)
reduction in circulating serum TNF-.alpha. levels. This reduction
is consistent with the TNF-.alpha.-inducing activity of MIF on
macrophages in vitro, and suggests that MIF may be responsible, in
part, for the extremely high peak in serum TNF-.alpha. level that
occurs 1-2 hours after endotoxin administration despite the fact
that MIF cannot be detected in the circulation at this time. Thus,
MIF inhibition therapy may be beneficial at the early stages of the
inflammatory response.
[0105] MIF also plays a role during the post-acute stage of the
shock response, and therefore, offers an opportunity to intervene
at late stages where other treatments, such as anti-TNF-.alpha.
therapy, are ineffective. Inhibition of MIF can protect against
lethal shock in animals challenged with high concentrations of
endotoxin (i.e., concentrations that induce release of pituitary
MIF into the circulation), and in animals challenged with
TNF-.alpha.. Accordingly, the ability to inhibit MIF and protect
animals challenged with TNF indicates that neutralization of MIF
during the later, post-acute phase of septic shock may be
efficacious.
[0106] As evidenced herein, TNF-.alpha. and IL-1.beta. levels are
correlated at least in some instances to MIF levels. Accordingly,
an anti-MIF small molecule may be useful in a variety of
TNF-.alpha. and/or IL-1.beta. associated disease states including
transplant rejection, immune-mediated and inflammatory elements of
CNS disease (e.g., Alzheimer's, Parkinson's, multiple sclerosis,
and the like), muscular dystrophy, diseases of hemostasis (e.g.,
coagulopathy, veno occlusive diseases, and the like), allergic
neuritis, granuloma, diabetes, graft versus host disease, chronic
renal damage, alopecia (hair loss), acute pancreatitis, joint
disease, congestive heart failure, cardiovascular disease
(restenosis, atherosclerosis), joint disease, and
osteoarthritis.
[0107] Further, additional evidence in the art has indicated that
steroids while potent inhibitors of cytokine production actually
increase MIF expression. Yang et al., Mol. Med. 4(6):413-424, 1998;
Mitchell et al., J Biol. Chem. 274(25):18100-18106, 1999; Calandra
and Bucala, Crit. Rev. Immunol. 17(1):77-88, 1997; Bucala, FASEB J.
10(14): 1607-1613, 1996. Accordingly, it may be of particular
utility to utilize MIF inhibitors in combination with steroidal
therapy for the treatment of cytokine mediated pathophysiological
conditions, such as inflammation, shock, and other
cytokine-mediated pathological states, particularly in chronic
inflammatory states such as rheumatoid arthritis. Such combination
therapy may be beneficial even subsequent to the onset of
pathogenic or other inflammatory responses. For example, in the
clinical setting, the administration of steroids subsequent to the
onset of septic shock symptoms has proven of little benefit. See
Bone et al., N. Engl. J. Med. 317: 653-658, 1987; Spring et al., N.
Engl. J. Med. 311: 1137-1141, 1984. Combination steroids/MIF
inhibition therapy may be employed to overcome this obstacle.
Further, one of skill in the art may understand that such therapies
may be tailored to inhibit MIF release and/or activity locally
and/or systemically.
Assays
[0108] The effectiveness of a compound as an inhibitor of MIF may
be determined by various assay methods. Suitable inhibitors of
preferred embodiments are capable of decreasing one or more
activities associated with MIF and/or MIF export. A compound of
structure (Ia) or (Ib) or any other structure may be assessed for
activity as an inhibitor of MIF by one or more generally accepted
assays for this purpose, including (but not limited to) the assays
described below.
[0109] The assays may generally be divided into three categories,
those being, assays which monitor export; those which monitor
effector or small molecule binding, and those that monitor MIF
activity. However, it should be noted that combinations of these
assays are within the scope of the present application.
Surprisingly, it appears that epitope mapping of MIF acts as
surrogate for biological activity. For example, in one assay, the
presence of a candidate inhibitor blocks the detection of export of
MIF from cells (e.g., THP-1 cells--a human acute monocytic leukemia
cell line) measured using a monoclonal antibody such as that
commercially available from R&D systems (Minneapolis, Minn.)
whereas a polyclonal antibody demonstrates that MIF is present.
Further, cellular based or in vitro assays may be employed to
demonstrate that these potential inhibitors inhibit MIF activity.
In an alternative, these two assays (i.e., binding and activity
assays) may be combined into a singular assay which detects binding
of a test compound (e.g., the ability to displace monoclonal
antibodies or inhibit their binding) while also affecting MIF
activity. Such assays include combining an ELISA type assay (or
similar binding assay) with a MIF tautomerism assay or similar
functional assay. As one of ordinary skill in the art may readily
recognize, the exact assay employed is irrelevant, provided it is
able to detect the ability of the compound of interest to bind MIF.
In addition, the assay preferably detects the ability of the
compound to inhibit a MIF activity because it selects for compounds
that interact with biologically active MIF and not inactive
MIF.
[0110] It should also be understood that compounds demonstrating
the ability to inhibit monoclonal antibody binding to biologically
active and not inactive MIF (e.g., small molecule inhibited),
necessarily indicate the presence of a compound (e.g., a small
molecule) that is interacting with MIF either in a fashion which
changes the conformation of MIF or blocks an epitope necessary for
antibody binding. In other embodiments, MIF inhibitory activity may
also be recognized as a consequence of interfering with the
formation of a polypeptide complex that includes MIF; disturbing
such a complex may result in a conformational change inhibiting
detection. Accordingly, the use of assays that monitor
conformational changes in MIF, are advantageous when employed
either in addition to assays measuring competition between
compounds, such as small molecules with mAb or as a replacement of
such an assay. A variety of such assays are known in the art and
include, calorimetry, circular-dichroism, fluorescence energy
transfer, light-scattering, nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR),
surface plasmon resonance, scintillation proximity assays (see U.S.
Pat. No. 5,246,869), and the like. See also WO02/07720-A1 and
WO97/29635-A1. Accordingly, one of skill in the art may recognize
that any assay that indicates binding and preferably conformational
change or placement near the active site of MIF may be utilized.
Descriptions of several of the more complicated proximity assays
and conformational assays are set forth below, this discussion is
merely exemplary and in no way should be construed as limiting to
the type of techniques that may be utilized in preferred
embodiments.
[0111] In one example, circular dichroism may be utilized to
determine candidate inhibitor binding. Circular dichroism (CD) is
based in part on the fact that most biological protein
macromolecules are made up of asymmetric monomer units, L-amino
acids, so that they all possess the attribute of optical activity.
Additionally, rigid structures like DNA or an alpha helical
polypeptide have optical properties that can be measured using the
appropriate spectroscopic system. In fact, large changes in an
easily measured spectroscopic parameter can provide selective means
to identify conformational states and changes in conformational
states under various circumstances, and sometimes to observe the
perturbation of single groups in or attached to the macromolecule.
Further, CD analysis has been frequently employed to probe the
interactions of various macromolecules with small molecules and
ligands. See Durand et al., Eur. Biophys. J. 27(2):147-151, 1998;
Kleifeld et al., Biochem 39(26):7702-7711, 2000; Bianchi et al.,
Biochem 38(42):13844-13852, 1999; Sarver et al., Biochim Biophys
Acta 1434(2):304-316, 1999.
[0112] The Pasteur principle states that an optically active
molecule must be asymmetric; that is, the molecule and its mirror
image cannot be superimposed. Plane polarized light is a
combination of left circularly polarized light and right circularly
polarized light traveling in phase. The interaction of this light
with an asymmetric molecule results in a preferential interaction
of one circularly polarized component which, in an absorption
region, is seen as a differential absorption (i.e., a dichroism).
See Urry, D. W., Spectroscopic Approaches to Biomolecular
Conformation, American Medical Association Press, Chicago, Ill.,
pp. 33-120 (1969); Berova and Woody, Circular Dichroism: Principles
and Applications, John Wiley & Sons, N.Y., (2000).
[0113] Circular dichroism, then, is an absorptive phenomenon that
results when a chromophore interacts with plane polarized light at
a specific wavelength. The absorption band can be either negative
or positive depending on the differential absorption of the right
and left circularly polarized components for that chromophore.
Unlike optical rotatory dispersion (ORD) that measures the
contributions of background and the chromophore of interest many
millimicrons from the region of actual light interaction, CD offers
the advantage of measuring optical events at the wavelength at
which the event takes place. Circular dichroism, then, is specific
to the electronic transition of the chromophore. See Berova and
Woody, Circular Dichroism: Principles and Applications, John Wiley
& Sons, N.Y., (2000).
[0114] Application of circular dichroism to solutions of
macromolecules has resulted in the ability to identify conformation
states (Berova and Woody, Circular Dichroism: Principles and
Applications, John Wiley & Sons, N.Y., (2000)). The technique
can distinguish random coil, alpha helix, and beta chain
conformation states of macromolecules. In proteins, alpha helical
fibrous proteins show absorption curves closely resembling those of
alpha helical polypeptides, but in globular proteins of known
structure, like lysozyme and ribonuclease, the helical structures
are in rather poor agreement with X-ray crystallography work. A
further source of difficulty in globular proteins is the prevalence
of aromatic chromophores on the molecules around 280 nm. An
interesting example of helical changes has been demonstrated using
myoglobin and apomyoglobin. After removing the prosthetic group
heme, the apoprotein remaining has a residual circular dichroic
ellipticity reduced by 25%. This loss of helix is attributable to
an uncoiling of 10-15 residues in the molecule. Other non-peptide,
optically active chromophores include tyrosine, tryptophan,
phenylalanine, and cysteine when located in the primary amino acid
sequence of a macromolecule. Examples of non-peptide ellipticities
include the disulfide transition in ribonuclease and the cysteine
transitions of insulin.
[0115] Accordingly, circular dichroism may be employed to screen
candidate inhibitors for the ability to affect the conformation of
MIF.
[0116] In certain embodiments provided herein, MIF-binding agent or
inhibitor complex formation may be determined by detecting the
presence of a complex including MIF and a detectably labeled
binding agent. As described in greater detail below, fluorescence
energy signal detection, for example by fluorescence polarization,
provides determination of signal levels that represent formation of
a MIF-binding agent molecular complex. Accordingly, and as provided
herein, fluorescence energy signal-based comparison of MIF-binding
agent complex formation in the absence and in the presence of a
candidate inhibitor provides a method for identifying whether the
agent alters the interaction between MIF and the binding agent. For
example, the binding agent may be a MIF substrate, an anti-MIF
antibody, or a known inhibitor, while the candidate inhibitor may
be the compound to be tested or vice versa.
[0117] As noted above, certain preferred embodiments also pertain
in part to fluorescence energy signal-based determination of
MIF-binding agent complex formation. Fluorescence energy signal
detection may be, for example, by fluorescence polarization or by
fluorescence resonance energy transfer, or by other fluorescence
methods known in the art. As an example of certain other
embodiments, the MIF polypeptide may be labeled as well as the
candidate inhibitor and may comprise an energy transfer molecule
donor-acceptor pair, and the level of fluorescence resonance energy
transfer from energy donor to energy acceptor is determined.
[0118] In certain embodiments the candidate inhibitor and/or
binding agent is detectably labeled, and in particularly preferred
embodiments the candidate inhibitor and/or binding agent is capable
of generating a fluorescence energy signal. The candidate inhibitor
and/or binding agent can be detectably labeled by covalently or
non-covalently attaching a suitable reporter molecule or moiety,
for example any of various fluorescent materials (e.g., a
fluorophore) selected according to the particular fluorescence
energy technique to be employed, as known in the art and based upon
the methods described herein. Fluorescent reporter moieties and
methods for as provided herein can be found, for example in
Haugland (1996 Handbook of Fluorescent Probes and Research
Chemicals--Sixth Ed., Molecular Probes, Eugene, OR; 1999 Handbook
of Fluorescent Probes and Research Chemicals--Seventh Ed.,
Molecular Probes, Eugene, OR, http://www.probes.com/lit/) and in
references cited therein. Particularly preferred for use as such a
fluorophore in preferred embodiments are fluorescein, rhodamine,
Texas Red, AlexaFluor-594, AlexaFluor-488, Oregon Green, BODIPY-FL,
and Cy-5. However, any suitable fluorophore may be employed, and in
certain embodiments fluorophores other than those listed may be
preferred.
[0119] As provided herein, a fluorescence energy signal includes
any fluorescence emission, excitation, energy transfer, quenching,
or dequenching event or the like. Typically a fluorescence energy
signal may be mediated by a fluorescent detectably labeled
candidate inhibitor and/or binding agent in response to light of an
appropriate wavelength. Briefly, and without wishing to be bound by
theory, generation of a fluorescence energy signal generally
involves excitation of a fluorophore by an appropriate energy
source (e.g., light of a suitable wavelength for the selected
fluorescent reporter moiety, or fluorophore) that transiently
raises the energy state of the fluorophore from a ground state to
an excited state. The excited fluorophore in turn emits energy in
the form of detectable light typically having a different (e.g.,
usually longer) wavelength from that preferred for excitation, and
in so doing returns to its energetic ground state. The methods of
preferred embodiments contemplate the use of any fluorescence
energy signal, depending on the particular fluorophore, substrate
labeling method and detection instrumentation, which may be
selected readily and without undue experimentation according to
criteria with which those having ordinary skill in the art are
familiar.
[0120] In certain embodiments, the fluorescence energy signal is a
fluorescence polarization (FP) signal. In certain other
embodiments, the fluorescence energy signal may be a fluorescence
resonance energy transfer (FRET) signal. In certain other preferred
embodiments the fluorescence energy signal can be a fluorescence
quenching (FQ) signal or a fluorescence resonance spectroscopy
(FRS) signal. (For details regarding FP, FRET, FQ and FRS, see, for
example, WO97/39326; WO99/29894; Haugland, Handbook of Fluorescent
Probes and Research Chemicals--6th Ed., 1996, Molecular Probes,
Inc., Eugene, OR, p. 456; and references cited therein.)
[0121] FP, a measurement of the average angular displacement (due
to molecular rotational diffusion) of a fluorophore that occurs
between its absorption of a photon from an energy source and its
subsequent emission of a photon, depends on the extent and rate of
rotational diffusion during the excited state of the fluorophore,
on molecular size and shape, on solution viscosity and on solution
temperature (Perrin, 1926 J. Phys. Rad. 1:390). When viscosity and
temperature are held constant, FP is directly related to the
apparent molecular volume or size of the fluorophore. The
polarization value is a ratio of fluorescence intensities measured
in distinct planes (e.g., vertical and horizontal) and is therefore
a dimensionless quantity that is unaffected by the intensity of the
fluorophore. Low molecular weight fluorophores, such as the
detectably labeled candidate inhibitor and/or binding agent
provided herein, are capable of rapid molecular rotation in
solution (i.e., low anisotropy) and thus give rise to low
fluorescence polarization readings. When complexed to a higher
molecular weight molecule such as MIF as provided herein, however,
the fluorophore moiety of the substrate associates with a complex
that exhibits relatively slow molecular rotation in solution (i.e.,
high anisotropy), resulting in higher fluorescence polarization
readings.
[0122] This difference in the polarization value of free detectably
labeled candidate inhibitor and/or binding agent compared to the
polarization value of MIF: candidate inhibitor and/or binding agent
complex may be employed to determine the ratio of complexed (e.g.,
bound) to free. This difference may also be employed to detect the
influence of a candidate agent (i.e., candidate inhibitor) on the
formation of such complexes and/or on the stability of a pre-formed
complex, for example by comparing FP detected in the absence of an
agent to FP detected in the presence of the agent. FP measurements
can be performed without separation of reaction components.
[0123] As noted above, one aspect of a preferred embodiment
utilizes the binding or displacement of a monoclonal antibody,
known inhibitor, or other binding agent and/or complex formation of
the candidate inhibitor with MIF to provide a method of identifying
an inhibitor that alters the activity of MIF. Surprisingly, the
inhibitors of preferred embodiments were identified in such a
nonconventional manner. In this regard, a class of compounds
demonstrated the ability to inhibit/decrease monoclonal antibody
binding to a biologically active MIF that is naturally produced
from cells while not affecting the antibody's ability to recognize
inactive (recombinant) MIF (as is available from commercial
sources) and also demonstrated pronounced modulation of MIF
activity in vivo. Accordingly, antibody binding may be preferred as
a surrogate for enzyme activity, thus eliminating the need to run
expensive and complex enzymatic assays on each candidate compound.
As those of ordinary skill in the art readily appreciate, the
ability to avoid enzymatic assays leads to an assay that may be
extremely well suited for high throughput use.
[0124] Further, as those of ordinary skill in the art can readily
appreciate, such an assay may be employed outside of the MIF
context and wherever enzyme or biological activity can be replaced
by a binding assay. For example, any enzyme or other polypeptide
whose biologically active form is recognized by a monoclonal
antibody that does not recognize the inactive form (e.g., small
molecule inhibited form) may be preferred. Within the context of an
enzyme, the monoclonal antibody may bind the active site, but be
displaced by a small molecule. Thus, any small molecule that
displaces the antibody may be a strong lead as a potential enzyme
inhibitor. As those of skill in the art appreciate, the antibody
may recognize an epitope that changes conformation depending on the
active state of the enzyme, and that binding of a small molecule
such that it precludes antibody binding to this epitope may also
act as a surrogate for enzymatic activity even though the epitope
may not be at the active site. Accordingly, the type of assay
utilized herein may be expanded to be employed with essentially any
polypeptide wherein antibody displacement is predictive of activity
loss. Thus, in its simplest form any polypeptide, e.g., enzyme and
its associated neutralizing antibody may be employed to screen for
small molecules that displace this antibody, thereby identifying
likely inhibitors.
[0125] A MIF-binding agent/candidate inhibitor complex may be
identified by any of a variety of techniques known in the art for
demonstrating an intermolecular interaction between MIF and another
molecule as described above, for example, co-purification,
co-precipitation, co-immunoprecipitation, radiometric or
fluorimetric assays, western immunoblot analyses, affinity capture
including affinity techniques such as solid-phase
ligand-counterligand sorbent techniques, affinity chromatography
and surface affinity plasmon resonance, NMR, and the like (see,
e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,352,660). Determination of the presence of
such a complex may employ antibodies, including monoclonal,
polyclonal, chimeric and single-chain antibodies, and the like,
that specifically bind to MIF or the binding agent.
[0126] Labeled MIF and/or labeled binding agents/candidate
inhibitors can also be employed to detect the presence of a
complex. The molecule of interest can be labeled by covalently or
non-covalently attaching a suitable reporter molecule or moiety,
for example any of various enzymes, fluorescent materials,
luminescent materials, and radioactive materials. Examples of
suitable enzymes include, but are not limited to, horseradish
peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, .beta.-galactosidase, and
acetylcholinesterase. Examples of suitable fluorescent materials
include, but are not limited to, umbelliferone, fluorescein,
fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, dichlorotriazinylamine
fluorescein, dansyl chloride, phycoerythrin, Texas Red,
AlexaFluor-594, AlexaFluor-488, Oregon Green, BODIPY-FL and Cy-5.
Appropriate luminescent materials include, but are not limited to,
luminol and suitable radioactive materials include radioactive
phosphorus [.sup.32P], iodine [.sup.125I or .sup.131I] or tritium
[.sup.3H].
[0127] MIF and the binding agent and/or the candidate inhibitor are
combined under conditions and for a time sufficient to permit
formation of an intermolecular complex between the components.
Suitable conditions for formation of such complexes are known in
the art and can be readily determined based on teachings provided
herein, including solution conditions and methods for detecting the
presence of a complex and/or for detecting free substrate in
solution.
[0128] Association of a detectably labeled binding agent(s) and/or
candidate inhibitor(s) in a complex with MIF, and/or binding agent
or candidate inhibitor that is not part of such a complex, may be
identified according to a preferred embodiment by detection of a
fluorescence energy signal generated by the substrate. Typically,
an energy source for detecting a fluorescence energy signal is
selected according to criteria with which those having ordinary
skill in the art are familiar, depending on the fluorescent
reporter moiety with which the substrate is labeled. The test
solution, containing (a) MIF and (b) the detectably labeled binding
agent and/or candidate inhibitor, is exposed to the energy source
to generate a fluorescence energy signal, which is detected by any
of a variety of well known instruments and identified according to
the particular fluorescence energy signal. In preferred
embodiments, the fluorescence energy signal is a fluorescence
polarization signal that can be detected using a spectrofluorimeter
equipped with polarizing filters. In particularly preferred
embodiments the fluorescence polarization assay is performed
simultaneously in each of a plurality of reaction chambers that can
be read using an LJL CRITERION.TM. Analyst (LJL Biosystems,
Sunnyvale, Calif.) plate reader, for example, to provide a high
throughput screen (HTS) having varied reaction components or
conditions among the various reaction chambers. Examples of other
suitable instruments for obtaining fluorescence polarization
readings include the POLARSTAR.TM. (BMG Lab Technologies,
Offenburg, Germany), BEACON.TM. (Panvera, Inc., Madison, Wis.) and
the POLARION.TM. (Tecan, Inc., Research Triangle Park, N.C.)
devices.
[0129] Determination of the presence of a complex that has formed
between MIF and a binding agent and/or a candidate inhibitor may be
performed by a variety of methods, as noted above, including
fluorescence energy signal methodology as provided herein and as
known in the art. Such methodologies may include, by way of
illustration and not limitation FP, FRET, FQ, other fluorimetric
assays, co-purification, co-precipitation, co-immunoprecipitation,
radiometric, western immunoblot analyses, affinity capture
including affinity techniques such as solid-phase
ligand-counterligand sorbent techniques, affinity chromatography
and surface affinity plasmon resonance, circular dichroism, and the
like. For these and other useful affinity techniques, see, for
example, Scopes, R. K., Protein Purification: Principles and
Practice, 1987, Springer-Verlag, NY; Weir, D. M., Handbook of
Experimental Immunology, 1986, Blackwell Scientific, Boston; and
Hermanson, G. T. et al., Immobilized Affinity Ligand Techniques,
1992, Academic Press, Inc., California; which are hereby
incorporated by reference in their entireties, for details
regarding techniques for isolating and characterizing complexes,
including affinity techniques. In various embodiments, MIF may
interact with a binding agent and/or candidate inhibitor via
specific binding if MIF binds the binding agent and/or candidate
inhibitor with a K.sub.a of greater than or equal to about 10.sup.4
M.sup.-1, preferably of greater than or equal to about 10.sup.5
M.sup.-1, more preferably of greater than or equal to about
10.sup.6 M.sup.-1 and still more preferably of greater than or
equal to about 10.sup.7 M.sup.-1 to 10.sup.11 M.sup.-1. Affinities
of binding partners can be readily calculated from data generated
according to the fluorescence energy signal methodologies described
above and using conventional data handling techniques, for example,
those described by Scatchard et al., Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 51:660
(1949).
[0130] For example, in various embodiments where the fluorescence
energy signal is a fluorescence polarization signal, fluorescence
anisotropy (in polarized light) of the free detectably labeled
candidate inhibitor and/or binding agent can be determined in the
absence of MIF, and fluorescence anisotropy (in polarized light) of
the fully bound substrate can be determined in the presence of a
titrated amount of MIF. Fluorescence anisotropy in polarized light
varies as a function of the amount of rotational motion that the
labeled candidate inhibitor and/or binding agent undergoes during
the lifetime of the excited state of the fluorophore, such that the
anisotropies of free and fully bound candidate inhibitor and/or
binding agent can be usefully employed to determine the fraction of
candidate inhibitor and/or binding agent bound to MIF in a given
set of experimental conditions, for instance, those wherein a
candidate agent is present (see, e.g., Lundblad et al., 1996 Molec.
Endocrinol. 10:607; Dandliker et al., 1971 Immunochem. 7:799;
Collett, E., Polarized Light: Fundamentals and Applications, 1993
Marcel Dekker, New York).
[0131] Certain of the preferred embodiments pertain in part to the
use of intermolecular energy transfer to monitor MIF-binding agent
complex formation and stability and/or MIF-candidate inhibitor
complex formation.
[0132] Energy transfer (ET) is generated from a resonance
interaction between two molecules: an energy-contributing "donor"
molecule and an energy-receiving "acceptor" molecule. Energy
transfer can occur when (1) the emission spectrum of the donor
overlaps the absorption spectrum of the acceptor and (2) the donor
and the acceptor are within a certain distance (for example, less
than about 10 nm) of one another. The efficiency of energy transfer
is dictated largely by the proximity of the donor and acceptor, and
decreases as a power of 6 with distance. Measurements of ET thus
strongly reflect the proximity of the acceptor and donor compounds,
and changes in ET sensitively reflect changes. in the proximity of
the compounds such as, for example, association or dissociation of
the donor and acceptor.
[0133] It is therefore an aspect of a preferred embodiment to
provide a method for assaying a candidate MIF inhibitor, in
pertinent part, by contacting MIF or an MIF-binding agent complex
including one or more ET donor and an ET acceptor molecules,
exciting the ET donor to produce an excited ET donor molecule and
detecting a signal generated by energy transfer from the ET donor
to the ET acceptor. As also provided herein, the method can employ
any suitable ET donor molecule and ET acceptor molecule that can
function as a donor-acceptor pair.
[0134] In certain preferred embodiments, a detectable signal that
is generated by energy transfer between ET donor and acceptor
molecules results from fluorescence resonance energy transfer
(FRET), as discussed above. FRET occurs within a molecule, or
between two different types of molecules, when energy from an
excited donor fluorophore is transferred directly to an acceptor
fluorophore (for a review, see Wu et al., Analytical Biochem.
218:1-13, 1994).
[0135] In other aspects of preferred embodiments, the ability of a
candidate inhibitor to effect MIF export is tested.
[0136] The first step of such an assay is performed to detect MIF
extracellularly. For this assay, test cells expressing MIF are
employed (e.g., THP-1 cells). Either the test cells may naturally
produce the protein or produce it from a transfected expression
vector. Test cells preferably normally express the protein, such
that transfection merely increases expressed levels. Thus, for
expression of MIF and IL-1, THP1 cells are preferred. When one is
assaying virally-derived proteins, such as HIV tat (a protein
released from Human Immunodeficiency Virus infected cells), if the
test cells do not "naturally" produce the protein, they may readily
be transfected using an appropriate vector, so that the test cells
express the desired protein, as those of skill in the art readily
appreciate.
[0137] Following expression, MIF is detected by any one of a
variety of well-known methods and procedures. Such methods include
staining with antibodies in conjunction with flow cytometry,
confocal microscopy, image analysis, immunoprecipitation of cell
cytosol or medium, Western blot of cell medium, ELISA, 1- or 2-D
gel analysis, HPLC, or bioassay. A convenient assay for initial
screening is ELISA. MIF export may be confirmed by one of the other
assays, preferably by immunoprecipitation of cell medium following
metabolic labeling. Briefly, cells expressing MIF protein are pulse
labeled for 15 minutes with .sup.35S-methionine and/or
.sup.35S-cysteine in methionine and/or cysteine free medium and
chased in medium supplemented with excess methionine and/or
cysteine. Media fractions are collected and clarified by
centrifugation, such as in a microfuge. Lysis buffer containing 1%
NP-40, 0.5% deoxycholate (DOC), 20 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 5 mM ethylene
diamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA), 2 mM EGTA, 10 nM phenyl methyl
sulforyl fluoride (PMSF), 10 ng/ml aprotinin, 10 ng/ml leupeptin,
and 10 ng/ml pepstatin is added to the clarified medium. An
antibody to MIF is added and following incubation in the cold, a
precipitating second antibody or immunoglobulin binding protein,
such as protein A-Sepharose.RTM. or GammaBind.TM.-Sepharose.RTM.,
is added for further incubation. A--Sepharose.RTM. is Protein A, an
immunoglobulin G (IgG) binding reagent used for measurement and
purification of free and cell bound antigens and antibodies, that
is available from Pharmacia, Inc. Protein A binds the Fc portion of
antibodies (IgG class) without disturbing their binding of antigen.
GammaBind.TM.-Sepharose.RTM. from Pharmacia, Inc. is Protein G, a
binding reagent that binds to the constant region of many types of
immunoglobulin G, and can be used to detect, quantify and purify
IgG antibodies and antigen/antibody complexes. In parallel, as a
control, a cytosolic protein is monitored and an antibody to the
cytosolic protein is preferred in immunoprecipitations. Immune
complexes are pelleted and washed with ice-cold lysis buffer.
Complexes are further washed with ice-cold IP buffer (0.15 M NaCl,
10 mM Na-phosphate, pH 7.2, 1% DOC, 1% NP-40, 0.1% SDS). Immune
complexes are eluted directly into SDS-gel sample buffer and
electrophoresed in SDS-PAGE. The gel is processed for fluorography,
dried and exposed to X-ray film. Alternatively cells can be
engineered to produced a MIF that is tagged with a reporter so that
the presence of an active MIF can be through the surrogate activity
of the reporter.
[0138] While not wishing to be bound to theory, it is believed that
the present inhibitors function by interacting directly with the
naturally produced MIF complex in such a fashion as to alter the
protein's conformation enough to block its biological activity.
This interaction can be mapped by X-ray crystallography of
MIF-compound co-crystals to determine the exact site of
interaction. One site localizes to the pocket that is responsible
for the tautomerase activity of MIF.
[0139] Screening assays for inhibitors of MIF export varies
according to the type of inhibitor and the nature of the activity
that is being affected. Assays may be performed in vitro or in
vivo. In general, in vitro assays are designed to evaluate MIF
activity, or multimerization, and in vivo assays are designed to
evaluate MIF activity, extracellular, and intracellular
localization in a model cell or animal system. In any of the
assays, a statistically significant increase or decrease compared
to a proper control is indicative of enhancement or inhibition.
[0140] One in vitro assay can be performed by examining the effect
of a candidate compound on the ability of MIF to inhibit macrophage
migration. Briefly, human peripheral blood monocytes are preferred
as indicator cells in an agarose-droplet assay system essentially
as described by Weiser et al., Cell. Immunol. 90:167-178, 1985 and
Harrington et al., J. Immunol. 110:752-759, 1973. Other assay
systems of analyzing macrophage migration may also be employed.
Such an assay is described by Hermanowski-Vosatka et al., Biochem.
38:12841-12849, 1999.
[0141] An alternative in vitro assay is designed to measure the
ability of MIF to catalyze tautomerization of the D-isomer of
dopachrome (see Rosengren et al., Mol. Med. 2:143-149, 1996; Winder
et al., J. Cell Sci. 106:153-166, 1993; Aroca et al., Biochem. J.
277:393-397). Briefly, in this method, D-dopachrome is provided to
MIF in the presence and absence of a candidate inhibitor and the
ability to catalyze the tautomerization to
5,6-dihydroxyindole-2-carboxylic acid (DHICA) is monitored.
However, use of methyl esters of D-dopachrome may be preferred in
that a faster reaction rate is observed. Detection of the
tautomerization can be performed by any one of a variety of
standard methods.
[0142] In a similar assay, the ability of MIF to catalyze the
tautomerization of phenylpyruvate may be tested (see Johnson et
al., Biochem. 38(48):16024-16033, 1999). Briefly, in this method,
typically ketonization of phenylpyruvate or
(p-hydroxyphenyl)pyruvate is followed by spectroscopy. Further,
product formation may be verified by treatment of these compounds
with MIF and subsequent conversion to malate for .sup.1H NMR
analysis.
[0143] In vivo assays can be performed in cells transfected either
transiently or stably with an expression vector containing a MIF
nucleic acid molecule, such as those described herein. These cells
are preferred to measure MIF activity (e.g., modulation of
apoptosis, proliferation, and the like) or extracellular and
intracellular localization in the presence or absence of a
candidate compound. When assaying for apoptosis, a variety of cell
analyses may be employed including, for example, dye staining and
microscopy to examine nucleic acid fragmentation and porosity of
the cells.
[0144] Other assays may be performed in model cell or animal
systems, by providing to the system a recombinant or naturally
occurring form of MIF or inducing endogenous MIF expression in the
presence or absence of test compound, thereby determining a
statistically significant increase or decrease in the pathology of
that system. For example, LPS can be employed to induce a toxic
shock response.
[0145] The assays briefly described herein may be employed to
identify an inhibitor that is specific for MIF.
[0146] In any of the assays described herein, a test cell may
express the MIF naturally (e.g., THP-1 cells) or following
introduction of a recombinant DNA molecule encoding the protein.
Transfection and transformation protocols are well known in the art
and include Ca.sub.2PO.sub.4-mediated transfection,
electroporation, infection with a viral vector, DEAE-dextran
mediated transfection, and the like. As an alternative to the
proteins described above, chimeric MIF proteins (i.e., fusion of
MIF protein with another protein or protein fragment), or protein
sequences engineered to lack a leader sequence may be employed. In
a similar fashion, a fusion may be constructed to direct secretion,
export, or cytosolic retention. Any and all of these sequences may
be employed in a fusion construct with MIF to assist in assaying
inhibitors. The host cell can also express MIF as a result of being
diseased, infected with a virus, and the like. Secreted proteins
that are exported by virtue of a leader sequence are well known and
include, human chorionic gonadatropin (hCG.alpha.), growth hormone,
hepatocyte growth factor, transferrin, nerve growth factor,
vascular endothelial growth factor, ovalbumin, and insulin-like
growth factor. Similarly, cytosolic proteins are well known and
include, neomycin phosphotransferase, .beta.-galactosidase, actin
and other cytoskeletal proteins, and enzymes, such as protein
kinase A or C. The most useful cytosolic or secreted proteins are
those that are readily measured in a convenient assay, such as
ELISA. The three proteins (leaderless, secreted, and cytosolic) may
be co-expressed naturally, by co-transfection in the test cells, or
transfected separately into separate host cells. Furthermore, for
the assays described herein, cells may be stably transformed or
express the protein transiently.
[0147] Immunoprecipitation is one such assay that may be employed
to determine inhibition. Briefly, cells expressing MIF naturally or
from an introduced vector construct are labeled with
.sup.35S-methionine and/or .sup.35S-cysteine for a brief period of
time, typically 15 minutes or longer, in methionine- and/or
cysteine-free cell culture medium. Following pulse labeling, cells
are washed with medium supplemented with excess unlabeled
methionine and cysteine plus heparin if the leaderless protein is
heparin binding. Cells are then cultured in the same chase medium
for various periods of time. Candidate inhibitors or enhancers are
added to cultures at various concentration. Culture supernatant is
collected and clarified. Supernatants are incubated with anti-MIF
immune serum or a monoclonal antibody, or with anti-tag antibody if
a peptide tag is present, followed by a developing reagent such as
Staphylococcus aureus Cowan strain I, protein A-Sepharose.RTM., or
Gamma-bind.TM. G-Sepharose.TM.. Immune complexes are pelleted by
centrifugation, washed in a buffer containing 1% NP-40 and 0.5%
deoxycholate, EGTA, PMSF, aprotinin, leupeptin, and pepstatin.
Precipitates are then washed in a buffer containing sodium
phosphate pH 7.2, deoxycholate, NP-40, and SDS. Immune complexes
are eluted into an SDS gel sample buffer and separated by SDS-PAGE.
The gel is processed for fluorography, dried, and exposed to x-ray
film.
[0148] Alternatively, ELISA may be preferred to detect and quantify
the amount of MIF in cell supernatants. ELISA is preferred for
detection in high throughput screening. Briefly, 96-well plates are
coated with an anti-MIF antibody or anti-tag antibody, washed, and
blocked with 2% BSA. Cell supernatant is then added to the wells.
Following incubation and washing, a second antibody (e.g., to MIF)
is added. The second antibody may be coupled to a label or
detecting reagent, such as an enzyme or to biotin. Following
further incubation, a developing reagent is added and the amount of
MIF determined using an ELISA plate reader. The developing reagent
is a substrate for the enzyme coupled to the second antibody
(typically an anti-isotype antibody) or for the enzyme coupled to
streptavidin. Suitable enzymes are well known in the art and
include horseradish peroxidase, which acts upon a substrate (e.g.,
ABTS) resulting in a colorimetric reaction. It is recognized that
rather than using a second antibody coupled to an enzyme, the
anti-MIF antibody may be directly coupled to the horseradish
peroxidase, or other equivalent detection reagent. If desired, cell
supernatants may be concentrated to raise the detection level.
Further, detection methods; such as ELISA and the like may be
employed to monitor intracellular as well as extracellular levels
of MIF. When intracellular levels are desired, a cell lysate is
preferred. When extracellular levels are desired, media can be
screened.
[0149] ELISA may also be readily adapted for screening multiple
candidate inhibitors or enhancers with high throughput. Briefly,
such an assay is conveniently cell based and performed in 96-well
plates. Test cells that naturally or stably express MIF are plated
at a level sufficient for expressed product detection, such as,
about 20,000 cells/well. However, if the cells do not naturally
express the protein, transient expression is achieved, such as by
electroporation or Ca.sub.2PO.sub.4-mediated transfection. For
electroporation, 100 .mu.l of a mixture of cells (e.g., 150,000
cells/ml) and vector DNA (5 .mu.g/ml) is dispensed into individual
wells of a 96-well plate. The cells are electroporated using an
apparatus with a 96-well electrode (e.g., ECM 600 Electroporation
System, BTX, Genetronics, Inc.). Optimal conditions for
electroporation are experimentally determined for the particular
host cell type. Voltage, resistance, and pulse length are the
typical parameters varied. Guidelines for optimizing
electroporation may be obtained from manufacturers or found in
protocol manuals, such as Current Protocols in Molecular Biology
(Ausubel et al. (ed.), Wiley Interscience, 1987). Cells are diluted
with an equal volume of medium and incubated for 48 hours.
Electroporation may be performed on various cell types, including
mammalian cells, yeast cells, bacteria, and the like. Following
incubation, medium with or without inhibitor is added and cells are
further incubated for 1-2 days. At this time, culture medium is
harvested and the protein is assayed by any of the assays herein.
Preferably, ELISA is employed to detect the protein. An initial
concentration of 50 .mu.M is tested. If this amount gives a
statistically significant reduction of export or reduction of
monoclonal Ab detection, the candidate inhibitor is further tested
in a dose response.
[0150] Alternatively, concentrated supernatant may be
electrophoresed on an SDS-PAGE gel and transferred to a solid
support, such as nylon or nitrocellulose. MIF is then detected by
an immunoblot (see Harlow, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold
Spring Harbor Laboratory, 1988), using an antibody to MIF
containing an isotopic or non-isotopic reporter group. These
reporter groups include, but are not limited to enzymes, cofactors,
dyes, radioisotopes, luminescent molecules, fluorescent molecules,
and biotin. Preferably, the reporter group is .sup.125I or
horseradish peroxidase, which may be detected by incubation with
2,2'-azino-di-3-ethylbenzthiazoline sulfonic acid. These detection
assays described above are readily adapted for use if MIF contains
a peptide tag. In such case, the antibody binds to the peptide tag.
Other assays include size or charge-based chromatography, including
HPLC, and affinity chromatography.
[0151] Alternatively, a bioassay may be employed to quantify the
amount of active MIF present in the cell medium. For example, the
bioactivity of the MIF may be measured by a macrophage migration
assay. Briefly, cells transfected with an expression vector
containing MIF are cultured for approximately 30 hours, during
which time a candidate inhibitor or enhancer is added. Following
incubation, cells are transferred to a low serum medium for a
further 16 hours of incubation. The medium is removed and clarified
by centrifugation. A lysis buffer containing protease inhibitors is
added to the medium or, in the alternative, cells are lysed and
internal levels are determined as follows. Bioactivity of MIF is
then measured by macrophage migration assay, isomerase activity, or
a proliferation assay. A proliferation assay is performed by adding
various amounts of the eluate to cultured quiescent 3T3 cells.
Tritiated thymidine is added to the medium and TCA precipitable
counts are measured approximately 24 hours later. Reduction of the
vital dye MTT is an alternative way to measure proliferation. For a
standard, purified recombinant human FGF-2 (fibroblast growth
factor 2) may be employed. Other functions may be assayed in other
appropriate bioassays available in the art, such as capsular
polysaccharides (CPS) induced toxic shock, TSST-1 induced toxic
shock, collagen induced arthritis, and the like.
[0152] Other in vitro angiogenic assays include bioassays that
measure proliferation of endothelial cells within collagen gel
(Goto et al., Lab Invest. 69:508, 1993), co-culture of brain
capillary endothelial cells on collagen gels separated by a chamber
from cells exporting the MIF protein (Okamure et al., B.B.R.C.
186:1471, 1992; Abe et al., J. Clin. Invest. 92:54, 1993), or a
cell migration assay (see Warren et al., J. Clin. Invest. 95:1789,
1995).
Production of Antibodies
[0153] The term "antibody," as used herein is a broad term and is
used in its ordinary sense, including, without limitation, to refer
to polyclonal, monospecific, and monoclonal antibodies, as well as
antigen binding fragments of such antibodies. With regard to an
anti-MIF/target antibody of preferred embodiments, the term
"antigen" as used herein is a broad term and is used in its
ordinary sense, including, without limitation, to refer to a
macrophage migration inhibitory factor polypeptide or a target
polypeptide, variant, or functional fragment thereof. An
anti-MIF/target antibody, or antigen binding fragment of such an
antibody, may be characterized as having specific binding activity
for the target polypeptide or epitope thereof of at least about
1.times.10.sup.5 M.sup.-1, generally at least about
1.times.10.sup.6 M.sup.-1, and preferably at least about
1.times.10.sup.8 M.sup.-1. Fab, F(ab').sub.2, Fd and Fv fragments
of an anti-MIF/target antibody, which retain specific binding
activity for a MIF/target polypeptide-specific epitope, are
encompassed within preferred embodiments. Of particular interest
are those antibodies that bind active polypeptides and are
displaced upon binding of an inhibitory small molecule. Those of
skill in the art readily appreciate that such displacement can be
the result of a conformational change, thus changing the nature of
the epitope, competitive binding with the epitope, or steric
exclusion of the antibody from its epitope. In one example, the
active site of an enzyme may be the epitope for a particular
antibody and upon binding of a small molecule at or near the active
site, immunoreactivity of the antibody is lost, thereby allowing
the use of loss of immunoreactivity with an antibody as a surrogate
marker for enzyme activity.
[0154] In addition, the term "antibody" as used herein is a broad
term and is used in its ordinary sense, including, without
limitation, to refer to naturally occurring antibodies as well as
non-naturally occurring antibodies, including, for example, single
chain antibodies, chimeric, bifunctional and humanized antibodies,
as well as antigen-binding fragments thereof. Such non-naturally
occurring antibodies may be constructed using solid phase peptide
synthesis, may be produced recombinantly, or may be obtained, for
example, by screening combinatorial libraries including variable
heavy chains and variable light chains (Huse et al., Science
246:1275-1281 (1989)). These and other methods of making, for
example, chimeric, humanized, CDR-grafted, single chain, and
bifunctional antibodies are well known in the art (Winter and
Harris, Immunol. Today 14:243-246 (1993); Ward et al., Nature
341:544-546 (1989); Harlow and Lane, Antibodies: A Laboratory
Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, New York (1992); Borrabeck,
Antibody Engineering, 2d ed., Oxford Univ. Press (1995); Hilyard et
al., Protein Engineering: A practical approach, IRL Press
(1992)).
[0155] In certain preferred embodiments, an anti-MIF/target
antibody may be raised using as an immunogen such as, for example,
an isolated peptide including the active site region of MIF or the
target polypeptide, which can be prepared from natural sources or
produced recombinantly, as described above, or an immunogenic
fragment of a MIF/target polypeptide (e.g., immunogenic sequences
including 8-30 or more contiguous amino acid sequences), including
synthetic peptides, as described above. A non-immunogenic peptide
portion of a MIF/target polypeptide can be made immunogenic by
coupling the hapten to a carrier molecule such as bovine serum
albumin (BSA) or keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH), or by expressing
the peptide portion as a fusion protein. Various other carrier
molecules and methods for coupling a hapten to a carrier molecule
are well known in the art (Harlow and Lane, supra, 1992).
[0156] Methods for raising polyclonal antibodies, for example, in a
rabbit, goat, mouse, or other mammal, are well known in the art. In
addition, monoclonal antibodies may be obtained using methods that
are well known and routine in the art (Harlow and Lane, supra,
1992). For example, spleen cells from a target
polypeptide-immunized mammal can be fused to an appropriate myeloma
cell line such as SP/02 myeloma cells to produce hybridoma cells.
Cloned hybridoma cell lines may be screened using a labeled target
polypeptide or functional fragment thereof to identify clones that
secrete target polypeptide monoclonal antibodies having the desired
specificity. Hybridomas expressing target polypeptide monoclonal
antibodies having a desirable specificity and affinity may be
isolated and utilized as a continuous source of the antibodies,
which are useful, for example, for preparing standardized kits.
Similarly, a recombinant phage that expresses, for example, a
single chain anti-target polypeptide also provides a monoclonal
antibody that may be employed for preparing standardized kits.
Applications and Methods Utilizing Inhibitors of MIF
[0157] Inhibitors of MIF have a variety of applicable uses, as
noted above. Candidate inhibitors of MIF may be isolated or
procured from a variety of sources, such as bacteria, fungi,
plants, parasites, libraries of chemicals (small molecules),
peptides or peptide derivatives and the like. Further, one of skill
in the art recognize that inhibition has occurred when a
statistically significant variation from control levels is
observed.
[0158] Given the various roles of MIF in pathology and homeostasis,
inhibition of MIF activity or MIF extracellular localization may
have a therapeutic effect. For example, recent studies have
demonstrated that MIF is a mediator of endotoxemia, where anti-MIF
antibodies fully protected mice from LPS-induced lethality. See
Bernhagen et al., Nature 365:756-759, 1993; Calandra et al., J.
Exp. Med. 179:1895-1902, 1994; Berrhagen et al., Trends Microbiol.
2:198-201, 1994. Further, anti-MIF antibodies have markedly
increased survival in mice challenged with gram-positive bacteria
that induces septic shock. Bernhagen et al., J. Mol. Med.
76:151-161, 1998. Other studies have demonstrated the role of MIF
in tumor cell growth and that anti-sense inhibition of MIF leads to
resistance to apoptotic stimuli. Takahashi et al., Mol. Med.
4:707-714, 1998; Takahashi et al., Microbiol. Immunol. 43(1):61-67,
1999. In addition, the finding that MIF is a counterregulator of
glucocorticoid action indicates that methods of inhibiting MIF
extracellular localization may allow for treatment of a variety of
pathological conditions, including autoimmunity, inflammation,
endotoxemia, and adult respiratory distress syndrome, inflammatory
bowel disease, otitis media, inflammatory joint disease and Crohn's
disease. Bernhagen et al., J. Mol. Med. 76:151-161, 1998; Calandra
et al., Nature 377:68-71, 1995; Donnelly et al., Nat. Med.
3:320-323, 1997. Because MIF is also recognized to be angiogenic,
the inhibition of this cytokine may have anti-angiogenic activity
and particular utility in angiogenic diseases that include, but are
not limited to, cancer, diabetic retinopathy, psoriasis,
angiopathies, fertility, obesity and genetic diseases of
glucocorticoid dysfunction like Cushings and Addisons disease.
[0159] The inhibitors of MIF activity or export may be employed
therapeutically and also utilized in conjunction with a targeting
moiety that binds a cell surface receptor specific to particular
cells. Administration of inhibitors or enhancers generally follows
established protocols. Compositions of preferred embodiments may be
formulated for the manner of administration indicated, including
for example, for oral, nasal, venous, intracranial,
intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, or intramuscular administration.
Within other embodiments, the compositions described herein may be
administered as part of a sustained release implant. Within yet
other embodiments, compositions of preferred embodiments may be
formulized as a lyophilizate, utilizing appropriate excipients that
provide stability as a lyophilizate, and subsequent to
rehydration.
[0160] In another embodiment, pharmaceutical compositions
containing one or more inhibitors of MIF are provided. For the
purposes of administration, the compounds of preferred embodiments
may be formulated as pharmaceutical compositions. Pharmaceutical
compositions of preferred embodiments comprise one or more MIF
inhibitors of preferred embodiments and a pharmaceutically
acceptable carrier and/or diluent. The inhibitor of MIF is present
in the composition in an amount which is effective to treat a
particular disorder, that is, in an amount sufficient to achieve
decreased MIF levels or activity, symptoms, and/or preferably with
acceptable toxicity to the patient. Preferably, the pharmaceutical
compositions of preferred embodiments may include an inhibitor of
MIF in an amount from less than about 0.01 mg to more than about
1000 mg per dosage depending upon the route of administration,
preferably about 0.025, 0.05, 0.075, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6,
0.7, 0.8, or 0.9 mg to about 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 125,
150, 175, 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 375, 400, 425, 450, 500, 600,
700, 800, or 900 mg, and more preferably from about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, or 25 mg to about 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55,
or 60 mg. In certain embodiments, however, lower or higher dosages
than those mentioned above may be preferred. Appropriate
concentrations and dosages can be readily determined by one skilled
in the art.
[0161] Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and/or diluents are
familiar to those skilled in the art. For compositions formulated
as liquid solutions, acceptable carriers and/or diluents include
saline and sterile water, and may optionally include antioxidants,
buffers, bacteriostats, and other common additives. The
compositions can also be formulated as pills, capsules, granules,
or tablets that contain, in addition to an inhibitor of MIF,
diluents, dispersing and surface-active agents, binders, and
lubricants. One skilled in this art may further formulate the
inhibitor of MIF in an appropriate manner, and in accordance with
accepted practices, such as those described in Remington's
Pharmaceutical Sciences, Gennaro, Ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton,
Pa. 1990.
[0162] In addition, prodrugs are also included within the context
of preferred embodiments. Prodrugs are any covalently bonded
carriers that release a compound of structure (Ia) or (Ib) in vivo
when such prodrug is administered to a patient. Prodrugs are
generally prepared by modifying functional groups in a way such
that the modification is cleaved, either by routine manipulation or
in vivo, yielding the parent compound.
[0163] With regard to stereoisomers, the compounds of structures
(Ia) and (Ib) may have chiral centers and may occur as racemates,
racemic mixtures and as individual enantiomers or diastereomers.
All such isomeric forms are included within preferred embodiments,
including mixtures thereof. Furthermore, some of the crystalline
forms of the compounds of structures (Ia) and (Ib) may exist as
polymorphs, which are included in preferred embodiments. In
addition, some of the compounds of structures (Ia) and (Ib) may
also form solvates with water or other organic solvents. Such
solvates are similarly included within the scope of the preferred
embodiments.
[0164] In another embodiment, a method is provided for treating a
variety of disorders or illnesses, including inflammatory diseases,
arthritis, immune-related disorders, and the like. Such methods
include administering of a compound of preferred embodiments to a
warm-blooded animal in an amount sufficient to treat the disorder
or illness. Such methods include systemic administration of an
inhibitor of MIF of preferred embodiments, preferably in the form
of a pharmaceutical composition. As used herein, systemic
administration includes oral and parenteral methods of
administration. For oral administration, suitable pharmaceutical
compositions of an inhibitor of MIF include powders, granules,
pills, tablets, and capsules as well as liquids, syrups,
suspensions, and emulsions. These compositions may also include
flavorants, preservatives, suspending, thickening and emulsifying
agents, and other pharmaceutically acceptable additives. For
parental administration, the compounds of preferred embodiments can
be prepared in aqueous injection solutions that may contain, in
addition to the inhibitor of MIF activity and/or export, buffers,
antioxidants, bacteriostats, and other additives commonly employed
in such solutions.
[0165] As mentioned above, administration of a compound of
preferred embodiments can be employed to treat a wide variety of
disorders or illnesses. In particular, the compounds of preferred
embodiments may be administered to a warm-blooded animal for the
treatment of inflammation, cancer, immune disorders, and the
like.
[0166] MIF inhibiting compounds may be used in combination
therapies with other pharmaceutical compounds. In preferred
embodiments, the MIF inhibiting compound is present in combination
with conventional drugs used to treat diseases or conditions
wherein MIF is pathogenic or wherein MIF plays a pivotal or other
role in the disease process. In particularly preferred embodiments,
pharmaceutical compositions are provided comprising one or more MIF
inhibiting compounds, including, but not limited to compounds of
structures (1a) or (1b), in combination with one or more additional
pharmaceutical compounds, including, but not limited to drugs for
the treatment of various cancers, asthma or other respiratory
diseases, sepsis, arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), or
other inflammatory diseases, immune disorders, or other diseases or
disorders wherein MIF is pathogenic.
[0167] In particularly preferred embodiments, one or more MIF
inhibiting compounds are present in combination with one or more
nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) or other
pharmaceutical compounds for treating arthritis or other
inflammatory diseases. Preferred compounds include, but are not
limited to, celecoxib; rofecoxib; NSAIDS, for example, aspirin,
celecoxib, choline magnesium trisalicylate, diclofenac potasium,
diclofenac sodium, diflunisal, etodolac, fenoprofen, flurbiprofen,
ibuprofen, indomethacin, ketoprofen, ketorolac, melenamic acid,
nabumetone, naproxen, naproxen sodium, oxaprozin, piroxicam,
rofecoxib, salsalate, sulindac, and tolmetin; and corticosteroids,
for example, cortisone, hydrocortisone, methylprednisolone,
prednisone, prednisolone, betamethesone, beclomethasone
dipropionate, budesonide, dexamethasone sodium phosphate,
flunisolide, fluticasone propionate, triamcinolone acetonide,
betamethasone, fluocinolone, fluocinonide, betamethasone
dipropionate, betamethasone valerate, desonide, desoximetasone,
fluocinolone, triamcinolone, triamcinolone acetonide, clobetasol
propionate, and dexamethasone.
[0168] In particularly preferred embodiments, one or more MIF
inhibiting compounds are present in combination with one or more
beta stimulants, inhalation corticosteroids, antihistamines,
hormones, or other pharmaceutical compounds for treating asthma,
acute respiratory distress, or other respiratory diseases.
Preferred compounds include, but are not limited to, beta
stimulants, for example, commonly prescribed bronchodilators;
inhalation corticosteroids, for example, beclomethasone,
fluticasone, triamcinolone, mometasone, and forms of prednisone
such as prednisone, prednisolone, and methylprednisolone;
antihistamines, for example, azatadine,
carbinoxamine/pseudoephedrine, cetirizine, cyproheptadine,
dexchlorpheniramine, fexofenadine, loratadine, promethazine,
tripelennamine, brompheniramine, cholopheniramine, clemastine,
diphenhydramine; and hormones, for example, epinephrine.
[0169] In particularly preferred embodiments, one or more MIF
inhibiting compounds are present in combination with pharmaceutical
compounds for treating IBD, such as azathioprine or
corticosteroids, in a pharmaceutical composition.
[0170] In particularly preferred embodiments, one or more MIF
inhibiting compounds are present in combination with pharmaceutical
compounds for treating cancer, such as paclitaxel, in a
pharmaceutical composition.
[0171] In particularly preferred embodiments, one or more MIF
inhibiting compounds are present in combination with
immunosuppresive compounds in a pharmaceutical composition. In
particularly preferred embodiments, one or more MIF inhibiting
compounds are present in combination with one or more drugs for
treating an autoimmune disorder, for example, Lyme disease, Lupus
(e.g., Systemic Lupus Erythematosus (SLE)), or Acquired Immune
Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS). Such drugs may include protease
inhibitors, for example, indinavir, amprenavir, saquinavir,
lopinavir, ritonavir, and nelfinavir; nucleoside reverse
transcriptase inhibitors, for example, zidovudine, abacavir,
lamivudine, idanosine, zalcitabine, and stavudine; nucleotide
reverse transcriptase inhibitors, for example, tenofovir disoproxil
fumarate; non nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors, for
example, delavirdine, efavirenz, and nevirapine; biological
response modifiers, for example, etanercept, infliximab, and other
compounds that inhibit or interfere with tumor necrosing factor;
antivirals, for example, amivudine and zidovudine.
[0172] In particularly preferred embodiments, one or more MIF
inhibiting compounds are present in combination with pharmaceutical
compounds for treating sepsis, such as steroids or anti-infective
agents. Examples of steroids include corticosteroids, for example,
cortisone, hydrocortisone, methylprednisolone, prednisone,
prednisolone, betamethesone, beclomethasone dipropionate,
budesonide, dexamethasone sodium phosphate, flunisolide,
fluticasone propionate, triamcinolone acetonide, betamethasone,
fluocinolone, fluocinonide, betamethasone dipropionate,
betamethasone valerate, desonide, desoximetasone, fluocinolone,
triamcinolone, triamcinolone acetonide, clobetasol propionate, and
dexamethasone. Examples of anti-infective agents include
anthelmintics (mebendazole), antibiotics including aminoclycosides
(gentamicin, neomycin, tobramycin), antifungal antibiotics
(amphotericin b, fluconazole, griseofulvin, itraconazole,
ketoconazole, nystatin, micatin, tolnaftate), cephalosporins
(cefaclor, cefazolin, cefotaxime, ceftazidime, ceftriaxone,
cefuroxime, cephalexin), beta-lactam antibiotics (cefotetan,
meropenem), chloramphenicol, macrolides (azithromycin,
clarithromycin, erythromycin), penicillins (penicillin G sodium
salt, amoxicillin, ampicillin, dicloxacillin, nafcillin,
piperacillin, ticarcillin), tetracyclines (doxycycline,
minocycline, tetracycline), bacitracin; clindamycin; colistimethate
sodium; polymyxin b sulfate; vancomycin; antivirals including
acyclovir, amantadine, didanosine, efavirenz, foscamet,
ganciclovir, indinavir, lamivudine, nelfinavir, ritonavir,
saquinavir, stavudine, valacyclovir, valganciclovir, zidovudine;
quinolones (ciprofloxacin, levofloxacin); sulfonamides
(sulfadiazine, sulfisoxazole); sulfones (dapsone); furazolidone;
metronidazole; pentamidine; sulfanilamidum crystallinum;
gatifloxacin; and sulfamethoxazole/trimethoprim.
[0173] In the treatment of certain diseases, it may be beneficial
to treat the patient with a MIF inhibitor in combination with an
anesthetic, for example, ethanol, bupivacaine, chloroprocaine,
levobupivacaine, lidocaine, mepivacaine, procaine, ropivacaine,
tetracaine, desflurane, isoflurane, ketamine, propofol,
sevoflurane, codeine, fentanyl, hydromorphone, marcaine,
meperidine, methadone, morphine, oxycodone, remifentanil,
sufentanil, butorphanol, nalbuphine, tramadol, benzocaine,
dibucaine, ethyl chloride, xylocaine, and phenazopyridine.
EXAMPLES
[0174] The inhibitors of MIF of preferred embodiments may be
prepared and screened for inhibition of activity or export as
described in the following examples.
Example 1
[0175] Macrophage Migration Assay
[0176] Macrophage migration is measured by using the agarose
droplet assay and capillary method as described by Harrington and
Stastny et al., J. Immunol. 110(3):752-759, 1973. Briefly,
macrophage-containing samples are added to hematocrit tubes, 75 mm
long with a 1.2 mm inner diameter. The tubes are heat sealed and
centrifuged at 100.times.G for 3 minutes, cut at the cell-fluid
interface and imbedded in a drop of silicone grease in Sykes-Moore
culture chambers. The culture chambers contain either a control
protein (BSA) or samples. Migration areas are determined after 24
and 48 hours of incubation at 37.degree. C. by tracing a projected
image of the macrophage fans and measuring the areas of the
migration by planimetry.
[0177] Alternatively, each well of a 96-well plate is pre-coated
with one microliter of liquid 0.8% (w/v) Sea Plaque Agarose in
water dispensed onto the middle of each well. The plate is then
warmed gently on a light box until the agarose drops are just dry.
Two microliters of macrophage containing cell suspensions of up to
25% (v/v) in media (with or without MIF or other controls),
containing 0.2% agarose (w/v) and heated to 37.degree. C. is added
to the precoated plate wells and cooled to 4.degree. C. for 5 min.
Each well is then filled with media and incubated at 37.degree. C.
under 5% CO.sub.2 -95% air for 48 hr. Migration from the agarose
droplets is measured at 24 and 48 hr by determining the distance
from the edge of the droplet to the periphery of migration.
[0178] Migration Assay
[0179] Monocyte migration inhibitory activities of recombinant
murine and human wild-type and murine mutant MIF are analyzed by
use of human peripheral blood mononuclear cells or T-cell depleted
mononuclear cells in a modified Boyden chamber format. Calcein
AM-labeled monocytes are suspended at 2.5 to 5.times.10.sup.6/mL in
RPMI 1640 medium (medium for the growth of human leukemia cells in
monolayer or suspension cultures, from Roswell Park Memorial
Institute), with L-glutamine (without phenol red) and 0.1 mg/mL
human serum albumin or bovine serum albumin. An aliquot (200 .mu.L)
of cell suspension is added to wells of a U-bottom 96-well culture
plate (Costar, Cambridge, Mass.) prewarmed to 37.degree. C. MIF in
RPMI 1640 is added to the cell suspension to yield final
concentrations of 1, 10, 100, and 1000 ng/mL. The culture plate is
placed into the chamber of a temperature-controlled plate reader,
mixed for 30 s, and incubated at 37.degree. C. for 10-20 min.
During the incubation, 28 .mu.L of prewarmed human monocyte
chemotactic protein 1 (MCP-1; Pepro Tech., Inc., Rocky Hill, N.J.)
at 10 or 25 ng/mL or RPMI 1640 with 0.1 mg/mL HSA is added to the
bottom well of a ChemoTX plate (Neuro Probe Inc., Gaithersburg,
Md.; 3 mm well diameter, 5 .mu.M filter pore size). The filter
plate is carefully added to the base plate. Treated cell
suspensions are removed from the incubator and 30 .mu.L is added to
each well of the filter plate. The assembled plate is incubated for
90 min. at 37.degree. C. in a humidified chamber with 5% CO.sub.2.
Following incubation, the cell suspension is aspirated from the
surface of the filter and the filter is subsequently removed from
the base plate and washed three times by adding 50 .mu.L of
1.times.HBSS.sup.- (Hanks' Balance Salt Solution in the 1.times.
concentration) to each filter segment. Between washes, a squeegee
(NeuroProbe) is employed to remove residual HBSS.sup.-. The filter
is air-dried and then read directly in the fluorescent plate
reader, with excitation at 485 nm and emission at 535 nm.
Chemotactic or random migration indices are defined as average
filter-bound fluorescence for a given set of wells divided by
average fluorescence of filters in wells containing neither MCP-1
nor MIF. Titration of fluorescently labeled cells revealed that
levels of fluorescence detected in this assay have a linear
relationship to cell number (not shown).
[0180] Tautomerase Assay
[0181] The tautomerization reaction is carried out essentially as
described by Rosengren et al., Mol. Med. 2(1):143-149, 1996.
D-dopachrome conversion to 5,6-dihydroxyindole-2-carboxylic acid is
assessed. 1 ml sample cuvettes containing 0.42 mM substrate and 1.4
pg of MIF in a sample solution containing 0.1 mM EDTA and 10 mM
sodium phosphate buffer, pH 6.0 are prepared and the rate of
decrease in iminochrome absorbance is followed at 475 nm.
L-dopachrome is employed as a control. In addition, the reaction
products can be followed using an HPLC, utilizing a mobile phase
including 20 mM KH.sub.2PO.sub.4 buffer (pH 4.0) and 15% methanol
with a flow rate of 1.2 ml/min. Fluorimetric detection is followed
at 295/345 nm.
[0182] Alternatively, the tautomerization reaction utilizing
phenylpyruvate or (p-hydroxyphenyl)pyruvate is carried out
essentially as described by Johnson et al., Biochem.
38:16024-16033, 1999. In this version, ketonization of
phenylpyruvate is monitored at 288 nm (.epsilon.=17300 M.sup.-1
cm.sup.-1) and the ketonization of (p-hydroxyphenyl)pyruvate is
monitored at 300 nm (.epsilon.=21600 M.sup.-1 cm.sup.-1). The assay
mixture contains 50 mM Na.sub.2HPO.sub.4 buffer (1 mL, pH 6.5) and
an aliquot of a solution of MIF sufficiently dilute (0.5-1.0 .mu.L
of a 2.3 mg/mL solution, final concentration of 93-186 nM) to yield
an initial liner rate. The assay is initiated by the addition of a
small quantity (1-3.3 .mu.L) of either phenylpyruvate or
(p-hydroxyphenyl)pyruvate from stock solutions made up in ethanol.
The crystalline forms of phenylpyruvate and
(p-hydroxyphenyl)pyruvate exist exclusively as the enol isomers
(Larsen et al., Acta Chem. Scand. B 28:92-96, 1974). The
concentration of substrate may range from 10 to 150 M, with no
significant inhibition of MIF activity by ethanol observed at less
than 0.5% v/v.
[0183] Immunoprecipitation and Western Blot Analysis
[0184] Cell culture experiments are designed to characterize the
activity of candidate compounds, MIF expression, trafficking, and
export. Cell and conditioned medium fractions are prepared for
immunoprecipitation essentially as described previously
(Florkiewicz et al., Growth Factors 4:265-275, 1991; Florkiewicz et
al., Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 638:109-126) except that 400 .mu.l of
lysis buffer (1% NP-40, 0.5% deoxycholate, 20 mM Tris pH 7.5, 5 mM
EDTA, 2 mM EGTA, 0.01 mM phenylmethylsufonyl fluoride, 10 ng/ml
aprotinin, 10 ng/ml leupeptin, 10 ng/ml peptstatin) is added to the
medium fraction after clarification by centrifugation in a
microfuge for 15 minutes. Cell or medium fractions are incubated
with monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies to MIF and GammaBind.TM. G
Sepharose.RTM. (Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology, Uppsala, Sweden) was
added for an additional 30 minutes incubation. Immune complexes are
sedimented by microfuge centrifugation, washed three times with
lysis buffer, and four times with ice cold immunoprecipitation wash
buffer (0.15M NaCl, 0,01 M Na-phosphate pH 7.2, 1% deoxycholate, 1%
NP-40, 0.1% sodium dodecyl sulfate). Immune complexes are
dissociated directly in SDS gel sample buffer 125 mM Tris, pH 6.8,
4% SDS, 10% glycerol, 0.004% bromphenol blue, 2 mM EGTA, and
separated by 12% SDS-PAGE. The gel is processed for fluorography,
dried, and exposed to X-ray film at -70.degree. C. When neomycin
phosphotransferase is immunoprecipitated, a rabbit anti--NPT
antibody (5Prime-3Prime, Boulder, Colo.) was employed.
[0185] For Western blot analysis, proteins are transferred from the
12% SDS-PAGE gel to a nitrocellulose membrane (pore size 0.45 pm in
cold buffer containing 25 mM
3-[dimethyl(hydroxymethyl)methylamino]-2-hydroxypropane-sulfonic
acid, pH 9.5, 20% methanol for 90 minutes at 0.4 amps. For Western
blotting analysis, of cell conditioned media, the media was
centrifuged (10 minutes at 800 g) and the supernatants concentrated
10-fold by membrane filtration (10kDa cut-off, Centricon-10
Amicon). Samples were then resolved on 16% SDS Tris-glycin Gel
(Novex, San Diego, Calif.) under reducing condition and transferred
onto nitrocellulose membrane (Novex) at 20V for 3 hours. Membrane
was incubated with rabbit polyclonal anti-rat antibodies (1:1000)
(Torrey Pines Biolab, San Diego, Calif.), and then with horseradish
peroxidase-conjugate (1:1000) (Pierce, Rockford, Ill.). MIF was
visualized by development with chloronaphtnol/H.sub.2O.sub.2.
Recombinant MIF (2 ng, purchased from R&D systems, Minneapolis)
was electrophoresed and transferred as a standard. Membranes are
blocked in 10 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 150 mM NaCl, 5 mM NaN.sub.3, 0.35%
polyoxyethylene-sorbitan monolaurate, and 5% nonfat dry milk
(Carnation Co., Los Angeles, Calif.) for 1 hr at room temperature.
Membranes are incubated with a monoclonal antibody (Catalog Number
MAB289, purchased from R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn.) or
polyclonal (goat polyclonal serum, R&D Systems cat#AF-289-PB).
Following incubation, membranes are washed at room temperature with
10 changes of buffer containing 150 mM NaCl, 500 mM sodium
phosphate pH 7.4, 5 mM NaN.sub.3, and 0.05%
polyoxyethylene-sorbitan monolaurate. When using monoclonal
antibodies, membranes are then incubated in blocking buffer
containing 1 pg/ml rabbit anti-mouse IgG (H+L, affinipure, Jackson
Immuno Research Laboratories, West Grove, Pa.) for 30 minutes at
room temperature. For polyclonal probing, incubation employed
rabbit anti-goat (Sigma, Catalog Number G5518). Membranes are
subsequently washed in 1 L of buffer described above, and incubated
for 1 hr in 100 ml of blocking buffer containing 15 .mu.Ci
.sup.125I-protein A (ICN Biochemicals, Costa Mesa, Calif.), and
washed with 1 L of buffer. The radiosignal is visualized by
autoradiography.
[0186] Overnight conditioned media is collected from LPS (10
.mu.g/ml) treated THP-1 cells also treated with varying amounts of
candidate compounds and screened by immunoprecipitation with
monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies to detect MIF binding.
Conditioned media show a significant loss of detectable MIF using
the monoclonal antibody in the presence of 10 .mu.M of candidate
compounds that is not observed with the polyclonal antibody. This
response mirrors the effect of candidate compounds on MIF enzyme
activity. Accordingly, monoclonal reactivity acts as a surrogate
marker for enzymatic activity.
[0187] Varying concentrations of inhibitor analogs are added to LPS
stimulated THP-1 cells and allowed to incubate overnight. The
following day the amount of immunoreactive MIF detected is
evaluated by ELISA. Candidate compounds inhibit the ability of the
antibody to recognize MIF.
[0188] The ability of candidate compounds to decrease the
immunoreactivity of MIF produced by THP-1 cells is determined.
THP-1 cells are treated with 10 .mu.g/ml of LPS and 10 .mu.M of the
candidate compound is added at various times post-LPS stimulation
and immunoreactivity monitored with an anti-MIF monoclonal.
Following addition of candidate compounds, immunoreactivity is
rapidly lost. The activity of compounds or buffer alone controls on
MIF detection is measured when the candidate compounds are
initially added at various times to cell cultures and then the
corresponding conditioned media samples are processed in a time
dependent fashion.
[0189] The ability of candidate compounds to modulate antibody
recognition of MIF is examined using pre-conditioned media, in the
absence of live cells. In this experiment, LPS is added to THP1
cells in culture as describe above. Six hours later, the
conditioned media is removed, clarified of cell debris and the
amount of MIF determined to be 22 ng/ml. This pre-conditioned media
is then divided into two groups. Both groups are incubated at
37.degree. C. for varying periods of time before a candidate
compound or buffer alone (control) is added for an additional 30
minutes of incubation at 37.degree. C. The level of detectable MIF
is then determined by ELISA using the monoclonal anti-MIF antibody
for detection. The rapid loss of MIF specific ELISA signal is
dependent upon the presence of the candidate compound. Control
levels of MIF do not change. Accordingly, candidate compounds
interact with MIF, and block the antibody's ability to subsequently
interact with MIF, even in the absence of cells. As this
interaction takes place at the catalytic site, or constrains
catalytic activity, the loss of immunoreactivity correlates with
lost enzymatic activity and/or MIF associated activities.
[0190] Extracellular Localization Assay
[0191] In order to further assess in vitro activity of candidate
compounds to modulate MIF export, mouse macrophage RAW 264.7 cells
(a murine macrophage cell line, American Type Culture Collection,
Manassas, Va.) are selected.
[0192] Raw 264.7 macrophage (3.times.10.sup.6 cells per well) are
plated in 12-well tissue culture plates (Costar) and cultured in
RPMI/1% heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum (FBS) (Hyclone
Laboratories, Logan, Utah). After three hours of incubation at
37.degree. C. in a humidified atmosphere with 5% CO.sub.2,
nonadherent cells are removed and wells are washed twice with
RPMI/1% FBS. Cells are then incubated for 24 hours with LPS
(0111:B4) or TSST-1 (Toxic Shock Syndrome Toxin-1, Toxin
Technology, Sarasota, Fla.), which are approximately 95% pure and
resuspended in pyrogen-free water, at a concentration ranging from
1 pg/ml to 1000 ng/ml (for the dose response experiment). For
time-course experiments, conditioned media of parallel cultures are
removed at 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 8 and 24 hours intervals after stimulation
with 1 ng/ml TSST-1 or LPS. For the inhibition studies, RAW 264.7
cells (3.times.10.sup.6 cells per well) are incubated for 24 hours
with 1 ng/ml of LPS (0111:B4) or 1 ng/ml of TSST-1 in the presence
of 0.01 .mu.M to 10 .mu.M candidate compound or buffer (as
control). The MIF in cell-conditioned media is concentrated on
filters and the MIF remaining in the samples is analyzed by Western
blotting and MIF band densities are also measured by Stratagene
Eagle Eye.TM..
[0193] RAW cells can be induced to express MIF by addition of
either 1 ng/ml TSST-1 or LPS and cultured for 24 hours. MIF in
conditioned media is measured as described above. Candidate
compounds reduce immunodetectable MIF levels in conditioned media
in a concentration dependent manner, as compared to cells incubated
with buffer only.
[0194] Cell Culture, Transfection, and Metabolic Labeling
[0195] Target cells obtained from the American Type Culture
Collection (ATCC No. CRL 1650) are cultured overnight in a 48-well
plate in DMEM (Dulbecco's Modified Eagles Medium) supplemented with
10% fetal bovine serum, 2 mM L-glutamine, 1 mM sodium pyruvate, 100
nM nonessential amino acids, and 50 .mu.g/ml gentamycin. The target
cells are then transfected with 2 .mu.g/ml of CsCl-purified plasmid
DNA in transfection buffer (140 mM NaCl, 3 mM KC1, 1 mM CaCl.sub.2,
0.5 mM MgCl.sub.2, 0.9 mM Na.sub.2HPO.sub.4, 25 mM Tris, pH 7.4. To
each well, 300 .mu.l of the DNA in transfection buffer is added.
Cells are incubated for 30 minutes at 37.degree. C., and the buffer
is aspirated. Warm medium supplemented with 100 pm chloroquine is
added for 1.5 hr. This medium is removed and the cells are washed
twice with complete medium. Cells are then incubated for 40-48 hr.
The plasmid of interest is co-transfected with pMAMneo
(glucocorticoid-inducible mammalian expression vector containing a
neomycin-resistant gene, Clontech, Palo Alto, Calif.), which
contains the selectable marker neomycin phosphotransferase. When 2
pg of the plasmid of interest are co-transfected with 10 .mu.g of
pMAMneo, greater than 70% of transfected cells express both MIF and
neo, as determined by immunofluorescence microscopy.
[0196] For immunoprecipitation assays the target cells are
metabolically pulse-labeled for 15 minutes with 100 .mu.Ci of
.sup.35S-methionine and .sup.35S-cysteine (Trans .sup.35S-label,
ICN Biomedicals, Irvine, Calif.) in 1 ml of methionine and cysteine
free DMEM. Following labeling, the cell monolayers are washed once
with DMEM supplemented with excess (10 mM) unlabeled methionine and
cysteine for 1-2 minutes. Cells are then cultured in 2 ml of this
medium for the indicated lengths of time and the cell supernatants
are immunoprecipitated for the presence of leaderless protein. For
the indicated cultures, chase medium is supplemented with modulator
at the indicated concentrations.
[0197] Alternatively, for analysis by ELISA, the target cells are
washed once with 250 .mu.l of 0.1 M sodium carbonate, pH 11.4, for
1 to 2 minutes and immediately aspirated. A high salt solution may
alternatively be preferred. The cells are washed with media
containing 0.5% FBS plus 25 .mu.g/ml heparin and then the cells are
incubated in this same medium for the indicated lengths of time.
For indicated cultures, chase medium is supplemented with a
modulator. For cells transfected with vector encoding a protein
containing a leader sequence, such as hCG-.alpha. or any other
non-heparin binding protein, the carbonate wash and heparin
containing medium may be omitted.
[0198] High Throughput Screening Assay for MIF Inhibitors
[0199] The high throughput screening assay for MIF inhibitors is
performed in a 96-well format using MIF produced by THP-1 cells and
is performed as follows. MIF assays are performed by ELISA as
indicated above. THP-1 cells are resuspended to approx.
5.times.10.sup.6 cells/ml in RPMI medium containing 20 .mu.g/ml of
bacterial LPS and the cells incubated for 18-20 hours. Subsequently
cell supernatant is collected and incubated with putative
inhibitors. Briefly, a 96-well plate (Costar Number 3590) ELISA
plate is coated with a MIF monoclonal antibody (R&D Systems
Catalog Number MAB289) at a concentration of 4 .mu.g/ml for two
hours at 37.degree. C. Undiluted culture supernate is added to the
ELISA plate for a two-hour incubation at room temperature. The
wells are then washed, a biotinylated MIF polyclonal antibody
(R&D Systems #AF-289-PB) is added followed by Streptavidin-HRP
and a chromogenic substrate. The amount of MIF is calculated by
interpolation from an MIF standard curve.
[0200] HPLC Analysis of Candidate Inhibitors in Serum
[0201] Prior to evaluating the affects of any small molecule in
vivo, it is desirable to be able to detect, in a quantitative
fashion, the compound in a body fluid such as blood. An analytical
method was established to first reproducibly detect test compounds,
such as MIF inhibitors, and then measure its concentration in
biological fluid.
[0202] RP-HPLC is performed with a Hewlett-Packard Model HP-1100
unit using Symmetry Shield RP-8 (4.6.times.75 mm id, Waters,
Milford, Mass.). The mobile phase is an isocratic solution of 35%
Acetonitrile/water containing 0.1% trifluroacetic acid. Absorbance
is monitored at 235 nm. To measure the amount of test compound in
serum, the sample serum proteins are first separated using 50%
Acetonitrile (4.degree. C overnight) followed by centrifugation at
14000 rpm for 30 minutes. The supernatant is then analyzed by the
RP-HPLC and the compound concentration calculated based on a
calibration curve of known standard. According to this procedure,
reverse phase HPLC is employed to detect a candidate compound in a
linear range of 1.5-800 ng (R2=1) using a spiked test samples (not
shown). When the above analytical technique is applied to blood
serum from animals receiving candidate compounds, circulating
concentrations of candidate compounds are quantitatively
measured.
[0203] With the development of the above methods, it is possible to
evaluate the efficacy of different routes of compound
administration and to characterize bioactivity. To test time
dependent serum bioavailability, animals are treated with candidate
compounds by intraperitoneal injection (i.p.), and orally by
gavage.
[0204] In vivo Inhibition of MIF
[0205] The purpose for the following in vivo experiments is to
confirm initial in vitro assay results using candidate compounds to
inhibit MIF. LPS-induced toxicity appears to be related to an
overproduction of MIF as well as TNF-.alpha. and IL-1.beta.. Since
animals can be protected from endotoxin shock by neutralizing or
inhibiting these inflammation mediators. The present model was
chosen because it provides reproducible and rapid lethal models of
sepsis and septic shock.
[0206] Doses of lipopolysacchraride (LPS) are made fresh prior to
each experiment. LPS (Escherichia Coli 0111:B4, Sigma) is
reconstituted by adding 0.5% TEA (1 ml USP water+5 ml Triethylamine
(Pierce)) to a vial of 5 mg endotoxin. Once reconstituted, the
solution is incubated at 37.degree. C. for 30 minutes.
Subsequently, the solution is sonicated in a 56-60.degree. C. bath
sonicator for 30 seconds 3 times. Following sonication the mixture
is vortexed for 3 minutes continuously. The stock solution of LPS
is then ready for use.
[0207] Detection of IL-1.beta. and TNF-.alpha. and MIF in Blood
[0208] Ten 10-week-old (20 .+-.2 gram) female BALB/c mice (Charles
River Laboratories, Kingston, N.Y.) are housed in a group of five
per cage with free access to food and water and are acclimatized
for at least one week prior to experimentation. On the day of
experiment, mice are weighed and randomly distributed into groups
of ten animals of equal mean body weight. Mice are injected i.p.
with 200 .mu.L of formulated candidate compounds or buffer alone
immediately before the i.p. injection of LPS (Escherichia coli
0111:B4, 10 mg/kg or 5 mg/kg body weight ) and
.beta.-D-galactosamine (50 mg/kg body weight). Each dose of LPS
(0.2 ml for 20 gram mouse) is administered intraperitoneally and
mixed with a final concentration of .beta.-D-galactosamine of 50 mg
per ml. Following collection of blood specimens taken from cardiac
puncture, the animal is sacrificed. Typical collections are
performed at 4 hours post LPS treatment. The serum is separated in
a serum separator (Microtainer.RTM. Becton Dickinson, Minneapolis,
N.J.) according to the manufacturer's protocol. Mouse serum
Il-1.beta. and TNF-.alpha. are measured by ELISA using a "mouse IL
1.beta. immunoassay or mouse TNF-.alpha. immunoassay" kits (R&D
System Minneapolis, Minn.) following manufacturer's direction.
Serum MIF concentrations in mouse serum are quantified by a
sandwich ELISA (ChemiKine MIF Kit, Chemicon, San Diego, Calif.).
Samples are analyzed in duplicate, and results are averaged.
[0209] Murine LPS Model
[0210] Ten 8 to 10 week-old (20 .+-.2 gram) female BALB/c mice are
housed and acclimatized as described above. On the day of the
experiments, the mice are weighed and randomly distributed into
groups of five animals of equal mean body weight. Mice are injected
with 200 .mu.l of formulated candidate compounds or their Buffer
(average 20 mg/kg compound) following i.p. injection of LPS (E.
Coli 055B5, Sigma) (40, 10, 5, 2 or 0.5 mg/kg body weight) and 50
mg/kg of .beta.-D-galactosamine. Mice are observed every two hours
during the first 18 hours and twice a day for seven days. For these
studies Kaplan-Meier estimation methods are employed to assess
animal survival.
[0211] For all in vivo studies, standard statistical comparisons
among treatment groups are performed using the Fisher test for
categorical data and the Mantel-Cox test for continuous variables.
To determine if levels of serum IL-1 correlated to serum MIF, a
Fisher's test is applied. The analyses are performed using Stat
View 5.0 Software (Abacus Concepts, Berkeley, Calif.). All reported
p values that are two-sided and of a value less than 0.05 are
considered to indicate statistical significance.
[0212] An initial control experiment is conducted to determine the
base line levels of endogenous MIF in the murine model system
(female Balb/c mice), and further to determine the rate and extent
of increase in endogenous MIF following treatment with LPS (10
mg/kg). Female Balb/c mice are treated with LPS (Sigma 0111:B1)
admixed with 50 mg/kg .beta.-D-galactosamine. The level of MIF in
serum is measured by HPLC as described above at 0, 2, 5 and 6 hours
following LPS/galactosamine treatment. At the initiation of this
representative experiment, the baseline level of endogenous MIF is
determined When mice are treated with candidate compounds
(formulated in 50% aqueous solution) and 10 mg/kg of LPS there is a
significant decrease in the level of circulating MIF that can be
detected. In a further experiment, both MIF and IL-1.beta. are
measured in mouse serum via ELISA. A direct and highly significant
correlation between the two is observed in MIF and IL-1.beta.. This
correlation is also observed between MIF and TNF-.alpha.. In a
similar experiment, reductions in serum IL-1.beta. level and serum
TNF-.alpha. level are observed following administration of 20 mg/kg
of candidate compound.
[0213] Studies of experimental toxic shock induced by LPS have
revealed a central role for MIF and TNF-.alpha.. The fact that LPS
stimulates macrophage-like cells to produce MIF, that in turn
induce TNF-.alpha. secretion by macrophage like cells suggests a
potential role for MIF in the pathogenesis of LPS. To test if
candidate compounds can prevent LPS shock, a model of lethal LPS
mediated shock in BALB/c mice sensitized with
.beta.-D-galactosamine is employed. Treatment with candidate
compounds at the time of injection of a lethal dose of LPS (2, 5
and 10 mg/kg) increases survival. The effects are modulated by the
concentration of LPS employed, demonstrating that when using a
higher concentration of LPS, the effect of the candidate compound
is saturable and hence specific.
[0214] MIF Overcomes the Effects of Candidate Compounds
[0215] Exogenous recombinant human MIF when administered with
candidate compounds can reverse the beneficial effects of the
compound, supporting the hypothesis that candidate compounds act to
increase animal resistance to LPS by modulating MIF levels in mice
serum. In this example, mice are treated with the standard LPS
protocol except that in addition to 1 mg/kg LPS and 20 mg/kg of a
candidate compound, some animals also receive 300 .mu.g/kg human
recombinant MIF. At 12 hours, significantly more mice survive the
LPS with candidate compounds, but this survival is neutralized by
the administration of MIF.
[0216] MIF Inhibitor in a Collagen Induced Arthritis Model
[0217] Twenty DBA/1LacJ mice, age 10 to 12 weeks, are immunized on
Day 0 at base of the tail with bovine collagen type II (CII 100
.mu.g) emulsified in Freunds complete adjuvant (FCA; GibcoBRL). On
Day 7, a second dose of collagen is administrated via the same
route (emulsified in Freunds incomplete adjuvant). On Day 14 mice
are injected subcutaneously with 100 mg of LPS (055:B5). On Day 70
mice are injected 40 .mu.g LPS (0111:B4) intraperitoneally. Groups
are divided according paw thickness, which is measured by a
caliper, after randomization, to create a balanced starting group.
Candidate compound in buffer is given to mice on Days 71, 72, 73,
and 74 (total eight doses at 0.4 mg/dose, approximately 20 mg/kg of
body weight). Mice are then examined on Day 74 by two observers for
paw thickness. In this experiment, subsided mice (decline of
full-blown arthritis) are treated with a final i.p. injection of
LPS on Day 70 to stimulate cytokine production as well as acute
inflammation. Candidate compound treated mice develop mildly
reduced edema of the paw compared with vehicle only treated
controls. In the late time point, the animals in the treated group
do not reach a full-blown expression of collagen induced arthritis
as compared to its control.
[0218] In another experiment, fifteen DBA/1J mice, age 10 to 12
weeks are immunized on Day 0 at the base of the tail with bovine
collagen type II (CII 100 .mu.g), emulsified in Freunds complete
adjuvant (FCA; GibcoBRL). On Day 21, a second dose of collagen is
administered via the same route, emulsified in Freunds incomplete
adjuvant. On Day 28 the mice are injected subcutaneously with 100
.mu.g of LPS (055:B5). On Day 71 the mice are injected i.p. with 40
.mu.g LPS (0111:B4). Groups and treatment protocol are the same as
described as above. On Day 74 blood samples are collected and
cytokines were measured. Candidate compounds reduce serum MIF
levels as compared to untreated CIA samples. An even more
significant inhibition of serum TNF-.alpha. levels is detected.
Example 2
[0219] Inhibitors of MIF of certain embodiments may be prepared
according to the following reaction schemes. Each of these MIF
inhibitors belongs to one of the classes of compounds described
above. The variables R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.3, R.sub.4, Z, and n
are as defined above.
[0220] General Methods for the Synthesis of the Compounds of the
Inventions
[0221] The compounds were synthesized starting from substituted or
unsubstituted isatoic anhydrides. The strategies to introduce
R.sub.2 and/or R.sub.3 groups into the compounds of structures (1a)
and (1b) described above involved preparation of substituted
isatoic anhydrides as precursor compounds from substituted
anthranilic acids. The substituted anthranilic acids were prepared
from substituted nitrobenzoic acids. In some cases, the nitro
benzoic acids were obtained by nitration of appropriate benzoic
acid, as shown in Reaction Scheme 1, however, any suitable method
for preparation of nitrobenzoic acids may be employed.
##STR48##
[0222] Two different methods were employed to introduce the R.sub.1
group into the compounds of structures (1a) and (1b) as described
above. In one method, the substituted isatoic anhydrides prepared
as described in Reaction Scheme 1 were alkylated in the N-1
position, then converted to the substituted quinolinone
intermediate of structure i (depicted in Reaction Scheme 2 below).
Amination of intermediate i yielded amide intermediate of structure
ii which was reacted with phosphorousoxychloride to yield an
intermediate of type iii as depicted in Reaction Scheme 2.
##STR49##
[0223] To introduce the R.sub.4 group into the compounds of
structures (1a) and (1b), the chloro intermediate of structure iii
was either reacted with acylated piperazine or reacted first with
excess piperazine to yield an intermediate of structure iv, and
then acylated to yield the target compound as depicted in Reaction
Scheme 3. Acylation of intermediate iv was carried out by treating
the intermediate with either commercially available acyl chloride
or a freshly prepared acyl chloride prepared from the reaction of
the corresponding carboxylic acid and oxalyl chloride as shown in
Reaction Scheme 3. ##STR50##
[0224] In an alternate method for introducing the R.sub.1 group
into the compounds of structures (1a) and (1b), the intermediate of
structure ix was prepared from isatoic anhydrides and alkylated at
the N-1 position in a final step. The isatoic anhydride was
converted into the intermediate of structure v by treating it with
diethyl malonate. The amination, followed by reaction with hot
phosphorous oxychloride, of intermediate v yielded the
dichloroquinolinone intermediate of structure vii. The reaction of
intermediate vii with ammonium acetate in acetic acid gave
intermediate of structure viii, which was treated with acyl
piperazine to yield the intermediate of structure ix as depicted in
Reaction Scheme 4. ##STR51##
[0225] The alkylation of the N-1 position of intermediate ix
yielded the desired compounds with a different R.sub.1
substitution. The alkylation was carried out by either heating
intermediate ix with potassium carbonate and the corresponding
alkyl halide, or by treating the intermediate with sodium hydride
and alkyl halide at room temperature, as depicted in Reaction
Scheme 5. ##STR52##
[0226] Acyl and alkylpiperazines suitable for use as intermediates
may be synthesized as follows. A solution of freshly distilled
thionyl chloride (3.9 ml; 0.053 mol) in methylene dichloride (5 ml)
was added dropwise to a stirreed solution of 2-thiophenemethanol
(4.2 ml; 0.044 mol) and triethylamine (7.4 ml; 0.05 mol) in
methylene dichloride (25 ml) at a temperature kept below 20.degree.
C. The temperature was then raised to 40.degree. C. over 1 h, and
the solution poured onto crushed ice. The CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 phase
was separated and dried over MgSO.sub.4, then added dropwise to a
stirred solution of N-Boc-piperazine (2 g; 0.011 mol) and
triethylamine (1.5 ml; 0.011 mol) in CH.sub.2CI.sub.2 (45 ml). See,
e.g., Meanwell et al., J. Med. Chem. (1993) Vol. 36., pp.
3251-3264; Carceller et al., J. Med. Chem. (1993) No. 36, pp.
2984-2997. The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature.
The solvent was then removed under reduced pressure, and the
residue was extracted with ether. The ether solution was evaporated
under reduced pressure, and the residue was dissolved in
trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) (3.3 ml; 0.043 mol) and kept during 30
min. TFA was removed under reduced pressure, the residue was
triturated with ether, the precipitate was filtered off and dried
in air to yield 1-(2-thienylmethyl)piperazine ditrifluoroacetate
(3.16 g; 72%). See, e.g., Archer et al., J. Chem. Soc. Perkin
Trans. II. (1983) pp. 813-819. ##STR53##
[0227] A solution of freshly distilled thionyl chloride (3.9 ml;
0.053 mol) in methylene dichloride (5 ml) was added dropwise to a
stirred solution of furfuryl alcohol (3.8 ml; 0.044 mol) and
triethylamine (7.4 ml; 0.05 mol) in methylene dichloride (25 ml);
the temperature was maintained below 20.degree. C. The mixture was
stirred for 1 h, then the solvent was evaporated, and the residue
was dissolved in CH.sub.2CI.sub.2 (150 ml). The solution obtained
was added dropwise to a stirred solution of N-Boc-piperazine (2 g;
0.011 mol) and triethylamine (4 ml; 0.029 mol) in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2
(45 ml). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, the
solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was
extracted with ether. The ether solution was evaporated under
reduced pressure, the residue was dissolved in TFA (3.3 ml; 0.043
mol) and maintained for 30 min. TFA was removed under reduced
pressure, the residue was triturated with ether, and the black
precipitate obtained was filtered off. Then, the precipitate was
dissolved in 200 ml of MeOH, activated charcoal was added, and the
mixture was heated under reflux for 30 min. Charcoal was filtered
off, the solvent was evaporated, the residue was triturated with
ether. The white precipitate obtained was filtered off and dried on
the air to yield 1-(2-furylmethyl)piperazine ditrifluoroacetate
(1.64 g; 40%). See, e.g., Lukes et al., Collection Czechoslov.
Chem. Commun. (1954) Vol. 19, pp. 609-610.
Preparation of 4-(Thiophene-2-carbonvl)-piperazine-1-carboxylic
acid tert-butyl ester (Compound 595-03)
[0228] 2-Thiophenecarbonylchloride (2.04 g, 1.49 mL) was added to a
solution of tert-butyl-1-piperazinecarboxylate (2.5 g, 13.4 mmol)
and DMAP (20 mg) in pyridine (15 mL) at 0.degree. C. under N.sub.2
atmosphere and stirred at room temperature for overnight. The
mixture was poured into ice water, the precipitate was filtered,
washed several times with water, and dried to yield white solids
(3.5 g, 88%). M.P. 76.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6):
.delta. 1.42 (s, 12H), 3.40 (m, 4H), 3.61 (m, 4H), 7.12 (m, 1H),
7.43 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 297 (M+1),
319 (M+23). Anal. (C.sub.14H.sub.20N.sub.2O.sub.3S) C, H, N.
##STR54##
Preparation of Piperazine-1-yl-thiophen-2-yl-methanone (Compound
595-04)
[0229] To a solution of 595-03 (3.5 g, 11.8 mmol) in
dichloromethane (50 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (10 mL). The
solution was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The solvent was
evaporated under vacuum and the residue was dissolved in
chloroform. The organic phase was washed by saturated solution of
sodium bicarbonate, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and evaporated to
get 2.20 g (94%) of brown viscous oil. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6):
.delta. 2.78 (m, 4H), 3.59 (m, 4H), 7.12 (t, J=4.1, 1H), 7.38 (d,
J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 197 (M+1).
##STR55##
[0230] N-substituted piperazines of structure vi are useful
intermediates in the preparation of MIF inhibitors. They may be
prepared by deprotection of protected intermediate v (in this case,
protected with N-tert-butyloxycarbonyl or "Boc" for purpose of
illustration). The protected intermediate may be made from the
N-protected piperazine iv by addition of the desired R.sub.4 group.
In the above reaction scheme, Z is --CH.sub.2-- or --C(.dbd.O)--; n
is 0, 1 or 2, with the proviso that when n is 0, Z is
--C(.dbd.O)--; R.sub.4 is selected from the group consisting of
--CH.sub.2R.sub.7, --C(.dbd.O)NR.sub.5R.sub.6, --C(.dbd.O)OR.sub.7,
--C(.dbd.O)R.sub.7, R.sub.8, and ##STR56## R.sub.5 and R.sub.6 are
independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl,
substituted arylalkyl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle,
heterocyclealkyl, and substituted heterocyclealkyl; or R.sub.5 and
R.sub.6 taken together with a nitrogen atom to which they are
attached form a heterocycle or substituted heterocycle; R.sub.7 is
selected from the group consisting of alkyl, substituted alkyl,
aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl,
heterocycle, substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, and
substituted heterocyclealkyl; and R.sub.8 is selected from the
group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl,
substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, heterocycle,
substituted heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, and substituted
heterocyclealkyl.
Example 3
[0231] The following describes the synthesis of a library of
compounds of general structure 1'(a) and 1'(b) as depicted below.
Compounds including "M" in the designation incorporate the CN
moiety. Numerical designations in Table 1 are as given below.
[0232] In compounds that have designations including "+i",
R,.sub.13 is a substituent on the oxygen atom of the quinolone
group rather than the nitrogen atom, i.e., a compound of structure
1'(b), as depicted below. The designation "i" appears elsewhere in
the preferred embodiments, and refers to a substituent on the
oxygen atom of the quinolone group rather than the nitrogen atom.
##STR57##
Numerical Designations for R.sub.11 Functional Groups
[0233] TABLE-US-00001 Hydrogen Methyl Chlorine 1 2 3
Numerical Designations for R.sub.12 Functional Groups
[0234] ##STR58##
Numerical Designations for R.sub.13 Functional Groups
[0235] ##STR59##
[0236] The numerical designations of the MIF inhibitors prepared
are provided in Table 1. TABLE-US-00002 TABLE 1 R.sub.13 = 1
R.sub.13 = 2 R.sub.13 = 4 R.sub.13 = 5 R.sub.13 = 6 Methyl
##STR60## ##STR61## ##STR62## ##STR63## 1M11 1M12 1M13 1M14 1M15 +
i 1M21 1M22 1M23 1M24 1M25 + i 1M31 1M32 1M33 1M34 1M35 + i 1M41
1M42 1M43 1M44 1M45 + i 1M51 1M52 1M53 1M54 1M55 1M61 1M62 1M63
1M64 1M65 2M11 2M12 2M13 2M14 2M15 2M21 2M22 2M23 2M24 2M25 + i
2M31 2M32 2M33 2M34 2M35 + i 2M41 2M42 2M43 2M44 2M45 + i 2M51 2M52
2M53 2M54 2M55 2M61 2M62 2M63 2M64 2M65 + i 3M11 3M12 3M13 3M14
3M15 + i 3M21 3M22 3M23 3M24 3M25 3M31 3M32 3M33 3M34 3M35 + i 3M41
3M42 3M43 3M44 3M45 + i 3M51 3M52 3M53 3M54 3M55 + i 3M61 3M62 3M63
3M64 3M65 + i
[0237] Details of reaction schemes for preparing intermediates or
MIF inhibitors are provided below.
Synthesis of Representative Compounds
Preparation of
4-Hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carboxylic acid
ethyl ester (Compound 1)
[0238] A solution of diethyl malonate (8.16 g, 51 mmol) was added
slowly to a suspension of sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 2.24
g, 56 mmol) in dimethylacetamide under N.sub.2 atmosphere. The
mixture was stirred at room temperature until the evolution of
hydrogen gas ceased, then heated to 90.degree. C. for 30 min. and
cooled to room temperature. A solution of N-methylisatoic anhydride
(10 g, 56 mmol) in dimethylacetamide was added slowly and the
mixture was heated overnight at 120.degree. C. The mixture was then
cooled to room temperature, poured into ice water, and acidified by
cold 10% HCl. The solids formed were filtered and washed several
times by water to yield 8.47 g (67%) of white solids. M.P.
67.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 1.30 (t, J=7.0
Hz, 3H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 4.32 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 7.30 (t, J=7.5 Hz,
1H), 7.52 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (d, J=7.8
Hz, 1H), 13.03 (s, 1H). EIMS m/z 248 (M+1), 270 (M+23). Anal.
(C.sub.13H.sub.13NO.sub.4) C, H, N.
Preparation of
4-Hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carboxylic acid
cyclohexylamide (Compound 2)
[0239] Cyclohexylamine (2.0 mL, 18.20 mmol) was added to a solution
of Compound 1 (2.25 g, 9.1 mmol) in toluene (20 mL) and refluxed
for 4 h. The solution was cooled and the solvent was evaporated
under vacuum. The residue obtained was suspended in water, briefly
sonicated, and filtered to yield 1.9 g (70%) of white solids. M.P.
145.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 1.26 (m, 1H),
1.38 (m, 4H), 1.54 (m, 1H), 1.68 (m, 2H), 1.86 (m, 2H), 3.62 (s,
3H), 3.87 (m, 1H), 7.37 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H),
7.80 t, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 10.46 (s, 1H), 17.46
(s, 1H),. EIMS m/z 301 (M+1), 323 (M+23). Anal.
(C.sub.17H.sub.20N.sub.2O.sub.3) C, H, N. ##STR64##
Preparation of
4-Chloro-1-methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile
(Compound 3)
[0240] A solution of Compound 2 (1.5 g, 5 mmol) in 20 mL phosphorus
oxychloride was heated at 90.degree. C. for 2 h. The solvent was
evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in ice
water and neutralized by solid sodium bicarbonate. The solids
formed were filtered, washed by water, and purified by flash
chromatography eluting with 1% methanol in dichloromethane to yield
903 mg (82%) of white solids. M.P. 235.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6): 3.66 (s, 3H), 7.50 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d,
J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H). EIMS
m/z 219 (M+1), 241 (M+23). Anal. (C.sub.17H.sub.7ClN.sub.2O) C, H,
N.
Preparation of
1-Methyl-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1,2-dihydro-qu-
inolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 4)
[0241] Piperazine-1-yl-thiophen-2-yl-methanone (600 mg, 3.06 mmol)
was added to a solution of Compound 3 (319 mg, 1.46 mmol) in
toluene (40 mL) and heated overnight at 120.degree. C. The solvent
was removed under vacuum. The residue was suspended in water,
sonicated, and filtered to yield 540 mg (98%) of white solids. M.P.
247.degree. C. 1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 3.58 (s, 3H), 3.63
(m, 4H), 3.92 (m, 4H), 7.16 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (t, J=7.5 Hz,
1H), 7.48 (d, J=3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (t,
J=7.25, 2H), 7.79 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H) 7.92 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H). EIMS
m/z 379 (M+1), 401 (M+23). Anal. (C.sub.20H.sub.18N.sub.4O.sub.2S)
C, H, N. ##STR65##
Preparation of 1-(4-Fluorobenzyl)-1H-benzo[d][1,3]oxazine-2,4-dione
(Compound 5)
[0242] A solution of isatoic anhydride (20 g, 122 mmol) in
dimethylformamide (DMF) was added to a suspension of NaH (60% in
mineral oil, 5.39 g, 135 mmol) in DMF and stirred at room
temperature for 1 h. Then, 4-fluorobenzyl bromide (16.8 mL, 135
mmol) was added and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 4
h. The solution was poured into water and the solids formed were
filtered, washed several times by wate,r and dried. The solids were
suspended in hexane, sonicated briefly, filtered, and washed by
hexane to yield 30 g (90%) of white solids. M.P. 167.degree. C.
.sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 5.27 (s, 2H), 7.17 (t, J=8.8
Hz, 2H), 7.25 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (m,
2H), 7.74 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H). Anal.
(C.sub.15H.sub.10FNO.sub.3) C, H, N. ##STR66##
Preparation of
1-(4-Fluorobenzyl)-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carboxylic
acid ethyl ester (Compound 6)
[0243] A solution of diethyl malonate (8.0 g, 51 mmol) was added
slowly to a suspension of sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 2.21
g, 55 mmol) in dimethylacetamide under N.sub.2 atmosphere. The
mixture was stirred at room temperature until the evolution of
hydrogen gas ceased, then heated to 90.degree. C. for 30 min. and
cooled to room temperature. A solution of Compound 5 (15 g, 53
mmol) in dimethylacetamide was added slowly to the mixture, which
was heated overnight at 120.degree. C. The mixture was cooled to
room temperature, poured into ice water, and acidified by cold 10%
HCI. The solids formed were filtered and washed several times by
water to yield 13.37 g (78%) of white solids. M.P. 116-120.degree.
C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 1.31 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 4.36
(q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 5.43 (s, 2H), 7.13 (m, 2H), 7.23-7.30 (m, 3H),
7.37 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (d, J=7.6 Hz,
1H), 13.20 (s, 1H). EIMS m/z 342 (M+1), 364 (M+23). Anal.
(C.sub.19H.sub.16FNO.sub.4) C, H, N. ##STR67##
Preparation of
1-(4-Fluorobenzyl)-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carboxylic
acid cyclohexylamide (Compound 7)
[0244] Cyclohexylamine (0.67 mL, 5.85 mmol) was added to a solution
of Compound 6 (1.0 g, 2.92 mmol) in toluene (20 mL) and refluxed
for 4 h. The solution was cooled and the solvent was evaporated
under vacuum. The residue obtained was suspended in water, briefly
sonicated, and filtered. The crude product was recrystalized by
ether to yield 1.0 g (87%) of white solids. M.P. 168.degree. C.
.sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 1.26 (m, 1H), 1.36 (m, 4H),
1.55 (m, 1H), 1.68 (m, 2H), 1.89 (m, 2H), 3.88 (m, 1H), 5.51 (s,
2H), 7.13 (m, 2H), 7.25 (m, 2H), 7.33 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (d,
J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H),
10.35 (s, 1H), 17.66 (s, 1H),. EIMS m/z 395 (M+1), 417 (M+23).
Anal. (C.sub.23H.sub.23FN.sub.2O.sub.3) C, H, N.
Preparation of
4-Chloro-1-(4-fluorobenzyl)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile
(Compound 8)
[0245] A solution of Compound 7 (0.7 g, 1.77 mmol) in 20 mL neat
phosphorus oxychloride was heated at 90.degree. C. for 2 h. The
solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was
suspended in ice water and neutralized by solid sodium bicarbonate.
The solids formed were filtered, washed by water, and purified by
flash chromatography eluting with 1% methanol in dichloromethane to
yield 420 mg (76%) of white solids. M.P. 231.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 5.54 (s, 2H), 7.13 (m, 2H), 7.34 (m, 2H),
7.46 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (t, J=8.4 Hz,
1H), 8.12 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 335 (M+23). Anal.
(C.sub.17H.sub.10ClFN.sub.2O) C, H, N.
Preparation of
1-(4-Fluorobenzyl)-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1,2--
dihydro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 9)
[0246] Piperazine-1-yl-thiophen-2-yl-methanone (234 mg, 1.19 mmol)
was added to a solution of Compound 8 (170 mg, 0.54 mmol) in
toluene (40 mL) and heated overnight at 120.degree. C. The solvent
was removed under vacuum. The residue was suspended in water,
sonicated, and filtered to yield 247 mg (97%) of white solids. M.P.
258.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 3.69 (m, 4H),
3.94 (m, 4H), 5.47 (s, 2H), 7.16 (m, 3H), 7.28 (m, 3H), 7.43 (d,
J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (t, J=7.25, 2H), 7.81
(d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H) 7.95 (d, J =7.5 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 473 (M+1), 495
(M+23). Anal. (C.sub.26H.sub.21FN.sub.4O.sub.2) C, H N.
##STR68##
Preparation of 2-Amino-5-methyl benzoic acid (Compound 10)
[0247] To a solution of 5-methyl-2-nitrobenzoic acid (20 g, 110
mmol) in ethanol was added 10% Pd/C (1 g). The mixture was stirred
overnight at room temperature under hydrogen atmosphere. The
solution was filtered through celite and evaporated under reduced
pressure to yield 16 g (96%) of white solids. M.P. 162.degree. C.
.sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 2.13 (s, 3H), 6.65 (d, J=8.6
Hz, 1H), 7.06 (dd, J=8.6, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=1.1, 1H). EIMS
m/z 174 (M+1), 152 (M+23). ##STR69##
Preparation of 6-Methyl-i H-benzo[d][1,3]oxazine-2,4-dione
(Compound 11)
[0248] Trichloromethyl chloroformate (36.27 mL, 300 mmol) was added
to a stirred solution of Compound 10 (41.3 g, 273 mmol) in dry
dioxane at room temperature and the solution was refluxed for 4 h.
The solution was cooled in ice bath and the solids formed were
filtered. The solids were washed by ether and dried under vacuum at
room temperature to yield 45.5 g (94%) of white solids. M.P.
257.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 2.32 (s, 3H),
7.06 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (dd, J=8.6, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d,
J=1.1, 1H), 11.63 (s, 1H). EIMS (neg. mode) m/z 176 (M-1), 152
(M+23). Anal. (C.sub.9H.sub.7NO.sub.3) C, H, N.
Preparation of 1-Benzyl-6-methyl-1H-benzo[d][1,3]oxazine-2,4-dione
(Compound 12)
[0249] A solution of Compound 11 (25 g, 141 mmol) in DMF was added
slowly to a suspension of NaH (60% in mineral oil, 6.21 g, 155
mmol) in DMF and further stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Then,
neat benzyl bromide (19.53 mL, 155 mmol) was added and the solution
further stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The solution was
poured into ice water, and the solids formed were filtered, washed
several times by water, and dried. The solid was suspended in
hexane, sonicated briefly, filtered, and washed by hexane to yield
36.5 g (97%) of white solids. M.P. 150.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 2.32 (s, 3H), 5.27 (s, 2H), 7.15 (d, J=8.7
Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.39 (m, 5H), 7.54 (dd, J=1.5, 8.7 Hz, 1H, 7.83 (d,
J=1.5 Hz, 1H). Anal. (C.sub.16H.sub.13NO.sub.3) C, H, N.
Preparation of 1-(4-Fluorobenzyl-6-methyl-1H-benzo [d][1,3 ]oxazine
-2,4-dione (Compound 13)
[0250] A solution of Compound 11 (5 g, 28 mmol) in DMF was added
slowly to a suspension of NaH (60% in mineral oil, 1.24 g, 31 mmol)
in DMF and further stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Then, neat
4-fluorobenzyl bromide (3.81 mL, 31 mmol) was added, and the
solution further stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The solution
was poured into ice water and the solids formed were filtered,
washed several times by water, and dried. The solids were suspended
in hexane, sonicated briefly, filtered, and washed by hexane to
yield 6.3 g (79%) of white solids. M.P. 153.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 2.32 (s, 3H), 5.24 (s, 2H) 7.14-7.17 (m,
3H), 7.44 (m, 2H), 7.54 (dd, J=1.7, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (d, J=1.2 Hz,
1H). Anal. (C.sub.16H.sub.12FNO.sub.3) C, H, N.
Preparation of 1,6-Dimethyl-1H-benzo[d][1,3]oxazine-2,4-dione
(Compound 14)
[0251] A solution of Compound 11 (5 g, 28 mmol) in DMF was added
slowly to a suspension of NaH (60% in mineral oil, 1.24 g, 31 mmol)
in DMF and further stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Then,
methyl iodide (1.92 mL, 31 mmol) was added and further stirred at
room temperature for 3 h. The solution was poured into ice water
and the solids formed were filtered, washed several times by water,
and dried. The solids were suspended in hexane, sonicated briefly,
filtered, and washed by hexane to yield 4.9 g (74%) of white
solids. M.P. 153.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta.
2.32 (s, 3H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 7.38 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H) 7.54 (dd, J=1.7,
8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1H). ##STR70##
Preparation of
1-Benzyl-4-hydroxy-6-methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carboxylic
acid ethyl ester (Compound 15)
[0252] Neat diethyl malonate (19.07 mL, 125 mmol) was added slowly
to a suspension of sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 5.52 g, 138
mmol) in dimethylacetamide under N.sub.2 atmosphere. The mixture
was stirred at room temperature until the evolution of hydrogen gas
ceased, then heated to 90.degree. C. for 30 min and cooled to room
temperature. A solution of Compound 12 (36.8 g, 138 mmol) in
dimethylacetamide was added slowly and the mixture was heated
overnight at 110.degree. C. The mixture was cooled to room
temperature, poured into ice water, and acidified by cold 10% HCI.
The solids formed were filtered, washed several times by water, and
dried at room temperature under vacuum to yield 41 g (97%) of white
solids. M.P. 113.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta.
1.31 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 4.35 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 5.43
(s, 2H), 7.15 -7.30 (m, 6H), 7.43 (dd, J=1.6, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d,
J=1.5 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 338 (M+1), 360 (M+23). Anal.
(C.sub.20H.sub.19NO.sub.4) C, H, N.
Preparation of
1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-4-hydroxy-6-methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carb-
oxylic acid ethyl ester (Compound 16)
[0253] Neat diethyl malonate (3.04 mL, 20 mmol) was added slowly to
a suspension of sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 0.88 g, 22
mmol) in dimethylacetamide under N.sub.2 atmosphere. The mixture
was stirred at room temperature until the evolution of hydrogen gas
ceased, then the mixture was heated to 90.degree. C. for 30 min and
cooled to room temperature. A solution of Compound 13 (6.3 g, 22
mmol) in dimethylacetamide was added slowly and the mixture heated
overnight at 110.degree. C. The mixture was cooled to room
temperature, poured into ice water, and acidified by cold 10% HCI.
The solids formed were filtered, washed several times by water, and
dried at room temperature under vacuum to yield 5.1 g (71%) of
white solids. M.P. 130.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6):
.delta.1.31 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 4.37 (q, J=7.5 Hz,
2H), 5.94 (s, 2H), 7.09-7.32 (m, 5H), 7.45 (dd, J=1.6, 8.7 Hz, 1H),
7.86 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 356 (M+1), 378 (M+23). Anal.
(C.sub.20H.sub.18FNO.sub.4) C, H, N.
Preparation of
4-Hydroxy-1,6-dimethyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carboxylic
acid ethyl ester (Compound 17)
[0254] Neat diethyl malonate (2.28 g, 14.26 mmol) was added slowly
to a suspension of sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 628 mg,
15.69 mmol) in dimethylacetamide under N.sub.2 atmosphere. The
mixture was stirred at room temperature until the evolution of
hydrogen gas ceased, then the mixture was heated to 90.degree. C.
for 30 min. and cooled to room temperature. A solution of Compound
14 (10 g, 56 mmol) in dimethylacetamide was added slowly and the
mixture heated overnight at 120.degree. C. The mixture was cooled
to room temperature, poured into ice water, and acidified by cold
10% HCI. The solids formed were filtered and washed several times
by water to yield 3.26 g (87%) of white solids. M.P. 132.degree. C.
.sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 1.30 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 2.50
(s, 3H), 3.50 (s, 3H), 4.33 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (d, J=8.6 Hz,
1H), 7.56 (dd, J=1.7, 8.5 Hz 1H), 7.82 (d, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 13.03 (s,
1H). EIMS m/z 262 (M+1), 284 (M+23).
Preparation of 1-Benz
al-4-hydroxy-6-methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihvdro-quinoline-3-carboxylic acid
cyclohexylamide (Compound 18)
[0255] Cyclohexylamine (3.41 mL, 29.64 mmol) was added to a
solution of Compound 15 (5.0 g, 14.82 mmol) in toluene (50 mL) and
refluxed for 4 h. The solution was cooled and the solvent was
evaporated under vacuum. The residue obtained was suspended in
water, briefly sonicated, and filtered. The crude product was
recrystallized by ether to yield 5.5 g (95%) of white solids. M.P.
87.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 1.22 (m, 1H),
1.36 (m, 4H), 1.56 (m, 1H), 1.67 (m, 2H), 1.88 (m, 2H), 2.36 (s,
3H), 3.87 (m, 1H), 5.51 (s, 2H), 7.14 -7.33 (m, 6H), 7.47 (d, J=8.6
Hz, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 10.44 (s, 1H). EIMS m/z 391 (M+1).
Preparation of 1-(4-Fluorobenz
yl)-4-hydroxy-6-methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline- 3-carboxylic
acid cyclohexylamide (Compound 19)
[0256] Cyclohexylamine (3.22 mL, 28.14 mmol) was added to a
solution of Compound 16 (5.0 g, 14.07 mmol) in toluene (50 mL) and
refluxed for 4 h. The solution was cooled and the solvent was
evaporated under vacuum. The residue obtained was suspended in
water, briefly sonicated, and filtered. The crude product was
recrystallized by ether to yield 5.3 g (93%) of yellow solids. M.P.
156.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 1.24 (m, 1H),
1.37 (m, 4H), 1.57 (m, 1H), 1.68 (m, 2H), 1.88 (m, 2H), 2.36 (s,
3H), 3.87 (m, 1H), 5.49 (s, 2H), 7.11 (m, 2H), 7.22 (m, 2H), 7.36
(d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (dd, J=1.6, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J=1.6 Hz,
1H), 10.39 (s, 1H). EIMS m/z 409 (M+1), 431 (M+23).
Preparation of
4-Hydroxy-1,6-dimethyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carboxylic
acid cyclohexylamide (Compound 20)
[0257] Cyclohexylamine (2.85 mL, 24.95 mmol) was added to a
solution of Compound 17 (3.26 g, 12.47 mmol) in toluene (50 mL) and
refluxed for 4 h. The solution was cooled and the solvent was
evaporated under vacuum. The residue obtained was suspended in
water, briefly sonicated, and filtered. The crude product was
recrystallized by ether to yield 3.8 g (97%) of white solids. M.P.
218.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 1.28 (m, 1H),
1.36 (m, 4H), 1.55 (m, 1H), 1.68 (m, 2H), 1.87 (m, 2H), 2.40 (s,
3H), 3.59 (s, 3H), 3.87 (m, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d,
J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 10.49 (s, 1H). EIMS m/z 315 (M+1), 337
(M+23). ##STR71##
Preparation of
1-Benzyl-4-chloro-6-methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile
(Compound 21)
[0258] A solution of Compound 18 (5 g, 12.80 mmol) in 30 mL neat
phosphorus oxychloride was heated at 100.degree. C. for 3 h. The
solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was
suspended in ice water and neutralized by solid sodium bicarbonate.
The solids formed were filtered, washed by water, and purified by
flash chromatography eluting with 1% methanol in dichloromethane to
yield 1.51 g (38%) of yellow solids. M.P. 219.degree. C. .sup.1H
NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 2.40 (s, 3H), 5.54 (s, 2H), 7.23 -7.26
(m, 3H), 7.29-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.45 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (dd,
J=1.5, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 309 (M+1), 331
(M+23).
Preparation of
4-Chloro-1-(4-fluorobenzyl)-6-methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbon-
itrile (Compound 22)
[0259] A solution of Compound 19 (5 g, 12.24 mmol) in 30 mL neat
phosphorus oxychloride was heated at 100.degree. C. for 3 h. The
solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was
suspended in ice water and neutralized by solid sodium bicarbonate.
The solids formed were filtered, washed by water, and purified by
flash chromatography eluting with 1% methanol in dichloromethane to
yield 1.90 g (47%) of yellow solids. M.P. 206.degree. C. .sup.1H
NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 2.40 (s, 3H), 5.52 (s, 2H), 7.12 -7.15
(m 2H), 7.30-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.46 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dd, J=1.2,
8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 327 (M+1).
Preparation of
4-Chloro-1,6-dimethyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile
(Compound 23)
[0260] A solution of Compound 20 (3 g, 9.5 mmol) in 30 mL neat
phosphorus oxychloride was heated at 100.degree. C. for 3 h. The
solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was
suspended in ice water and neutralized by solid sodium bicarbonate.
The solids formed were filtered, washed by water, and purified by
flash chromatography eluting with 1% methanol in dichloromethane to
yield 1.2 g (54%) of yellow solids. M.P. 241.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 2.44 (s, 3H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 7.62 (d, J=8.7
Hz, 1H), 7.73 (dd, J=1.5, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H). EIMS
m/z 255 (M+1).
Preparation of
1-Benzyl-6-methyl-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1,2-d-
ihydro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 24)
[0261] Piperazine-1-yl-thiophen-2-yl-methanone (490 mg, 2.5 mmol)
was added to a solution of Compound 20 (309 mg, 1 mmol) in toluene
(20 mL) and heated overnight at 110.degree. C. The solvent was
removed under vacuum. The residue was suspended in water,
sonicated, and filtered. The crude product was purified by flash
chromatography eluting with 0-2% methanol in dichloromethane
gradient to yield 362 mg (77%) of white solids. M.P. 183.degree. C.
.sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 2.36 (s, 3H), 3.69 (m, 4H),
3.94 (m, 4H), 5.47 (s, 2H), 7.16-7.20 (m, 4H), 7.23-7.33 (m, 3H),
7.44 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=3.8 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.81
(d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 491 (M+23). Anal.
(C.sub.27H.sub.24N.sub.4O.sub.2S) C, H, N.
Preparation of
1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-6-methyl-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)
-piperazin-1-yl]- 1,2-dihydro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound
25)
[0262] Piperazine-1-yl-thiophen-2-yl-methanone (490 mg, 2.5 mmol)
was added to a solution of Compound 21 (327 mg, I mmol) in toluene
(20 mL) and heated overnight at 110.degree. C. The solvent was
removed under vacuum. The residue was suspended in water,
sonicated, and filtered. The crude product was purified by flash
chromatography eluting with 0-2% methanol in dichloromethane
gradient to yield 210 mg (43%) of white solids. M.P. 274.degree. C.
.sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 2.37 (s, 3H), 3.68 (m, 4H),
3.94 (m, 4H), 5.45 (s, 2H), 7.12-7.18 (m, 3H), 7.24-7.27 (m, 2H),
7.33 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=3.5 Hz,
1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.81 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 509 (M+23).
Anal. (C.sub.27H.sub.23FN.sub.4O.sub.2S) C, H, N. ##STR72##
Preparation of
1-Benzyl-6-methyl-2-oxo-4-(piperazin-1-yl)-1,2-dihydro-quinolin-3-carboni-
trile (Compound 26)
[0263] A solution of Compound 21 (1.2 g, 3.9 mmol) in
dichloromethane was added slowly to a stirred solution of
piperazine (1.67 g, 19.4 mmol) in dichloromethane at room
temperature. The solution was stirred overnight at room
temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The
residue was taken in water, sonicated briefly, and filtered. The
solids were dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed by water. The
organic layer was dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and concentrated to
yield 1.34 g (96%) of yellow solids. M.P. 152.degree. C. .sup.1H
NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.94 (m, 4H), 3.54 (m,
4H), 5.44 (s, 2H), 7.16-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.22 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H),
7.28-7.31 (m, 3H), 7.40 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1H). EIMS m/z
359 (M+1).
Preparation of
1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-6-methyl-2-oxo-4-(piperazin-1-yl)-1,2-dihydro
-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 27)
[0264] A solution of Compound 22 (1.6 g, 4.9 mmol) in
dichloromethane was added slowly to a stirred solution of
piperazine (2.2 g, 24.5 mmol) in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 at room
temperature and further stirred overnight. The solvent was removed
under reduced pressure. The residue was taken in water, sonicated
briefly, and filtered. The solids were dissolved in ethyl acetate
and washed by water. The organic layer was dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and concentrated to yield 1.30 g (72%) of yellow
solids. M.P. 121.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta.
2.35 (s, 3H), 2.96 (m, 4H), 3.54 (m, 4H), 5.42 (s, 2H), 7.11-7.17
(m, 2H), 7.23-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.44 (dd, J=1.2, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (s,
1H). EIMS m/z 377 (M+1).
Preparation of
1,6-Dimethyl-2-oxo-4-(piperazin-1-yl)-1,2-dihydro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile
(Compound 28)
[0265] A solution of Compound 23 (1 g, 4.3 mmol) in dichloromethane
was added slowly to a stirred solution of piperazine (1.1 g, 12.9
mmol) in dichloromethane at room temperature. The solution was
stirred overnight at room temperature. The solvent was removed
under reduced pressure. The residue was taken in water, sonicated
briefly, and filtered. The solids were dissolved in ethyl acetate
and washed by water. The organic layer was dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and concentrated to yield 1.07 g (88%) yellow
solids. M.P. 274.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta.
2.39 (s, 3H), 2.94 (m, 4H), 3.48 (m, 4H), 3.54 (s, 3H), 7.45 (d,
J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (dd, J=1.3, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1H). EIMS m/z
283 (M+1). ##STR73##
Preparation of
1-Benzyl-4-[4-(furan-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-6-methyl-2-oxo-12-dihydr-
o-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 29)
[0266] 2-Furoyl chloride (118 .mu.L, 1.2 mmol) was added to a
stirred solution of Compound 26 (287 mg, 0.8 mmol) in pyridine (5
mL) under argon at 0.degree. C. The solution was allowed to come to
room temperature and further stirred overnight. The solution was
poured into ice water and the solids formed were filtered. The
solids were washed by excess water, dried and recrystallized by
hexane and ether to yield 340 mg (90%) of white solids. M.P.
146.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 2.36 (s, 3H),
3.69 (m, 4H), 3.97 (m, 4H), 5.47 (s, 2H), 6.66 (t, J=2.5 Hz, 1H),
7.09 (d, J=3.4 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.23 (d, J=7.4 Hz,
1H), 7.29-7.33 (m, 3H), 7.44 (d, J=1.3, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (s, 1H),
7.89 (s, 1H). EIMS m/z 475 (M+23). Anal.
(C.sub.27H.sub.24N.sub.4O.sub.3) C, H, N. ##STR74##
Preparation of
1-(4-Fluorob-enzyl)-4-[4-(furan-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-6-methyl-2-ox-
o-1,2-dihydro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 30)
[0267] 2-Furoyl chloride (118 .mu.L, 1.2 mmol) was added to a
stirred solution of Compound 27 (300 mg, 0.8 mmol) in pyridine (5
mL) under argon at 0.degree. C. The solution was allowed to come to
room temperature and further stirred overnight. The solution was
poured into ice water and the solids formed were filtered. The
solids were washed by excess water, dried, and recrystallized by
hexane and ether to yield 320 mg (85%) of white solids. M.P.
276.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 2.37 (s, 3H),
3.69 (m, 4H), 3.97 (m, 4H), 5.45 (s, 2H), 6.67 (dd, J=1.7, 3.7 Hz,
1H), 7.09 (d, J=3.4 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (m, 2H), 7.26 (m, 2H), 7.35 (d,
J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (s, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H).
EIMS m/z 493 (M+23). Anal. (C.sub.27H.sub.23FN.sub.4O.sub.3) C, H,
N.
Preparation of
4-[4-(Furan-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1,6-dimethyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-qu-
inolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 31)
[0268] 2-Furoyl chloride (148 .mu.L, 1.5 mmol) was added to a
stirred solution of Compound 28 (282 mg, 1.0 mmol) in pyridine (5
mL) under argon at 0.degree. C. The solution was allowed to come to
room temperature and further stirred overnight. The solution was
poured into ice water and the solids formed were filtered. The
solids were washed by excess water, dried, and recrystallized by
ethyl acetate to yield 221 mg (59%) of white solids. M.P. 231
.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 2.41 (s, 3H), 3.56
(s, 3H), 3.63 (m, 4H), 3.95 (m, 4H), 6.66 (dd, J=1.5, 3.6 Hz, 1H),
7.08 (d, J=3.4 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (dd, J=1H),
7.69 (s, 1H), 7.88 (s, 1H). EIMS m/z 399 (M+23). Anal.
(C.sub.21H.sub.20N.sub.4O.sub.3) C, H, N.
Preparation of
1,6-Dimethyl-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1,2-dihydr-
o-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 32)
[0269] 2-Thiophene carbonyl chloride (160 .mu.L, 1.5 mmol) was
added to a stirred solution of Compound 28 (282 mg, 1.0 mmol) in
pyridine (5 mL) under argon at 0.degree. C. The solution was
allowed to come to room temperature and further stirred overnight.
The solution was poured into ice water and the solids formed were
filtered. The solids were washed by excess water, dried, and
recrystallized by ethyl acetate to yield 277 mg (70%) of white
solids. M.P. 214.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta.
2.41 (s, 3H), 3.55 (s, 3H), 3.63 (m, 4H), 3.92 (m, 4H), 7.16 (t,
J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (m, 2H), 7.56 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (s, 1H),
7.80 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 393 (M+1), 415 (M+23). Anal.
(C.sub.21H.sub.20N.sub.4O.sub.2S) C, H, N.
Preparation of 5-Fluoro-2-nitrobenzoic acid (Compound 33)
[0270] 3-Fluorobenzoic acid (1 g, 7.13 mmol) was dissolved in
concentrated H.sub.2SO.sub.4 (2 ml) by warming slightly above room
temperature. The solution was cooled to 0.degree. C. Fuming nitric
acid (539 mg, 8.56 mmol) was added slowly to the solution while
keeping the temperature below 0.degree. C. The solution was stirred
at 0.degree. C. for 3 h. The solution was poured into ice water,
the solid formed were filtered, washed by cold water, and dried to
yield 1.2 g (92%) of white solids. M.P. 122.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6): 7.60 (dt, J=2.9, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (dd, J=2.9, 8.6
Hz, 1H), 8.13 (dd, J=4.8, 8.8 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 186 (M+1).
Preparation of 2-Amino-5-fluoro benzoic acid (Compound 34)
[0271] A solution of Compound 33 (10 g, 54 mmol) in ethanol (100
mL) was stirred under hydrogen in the presence of 10% Pd/C (0.5 g)
at room temperature for 4 h. The solution was filtered through
celite. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to yield
8.2 g (98%) of white solids. M.P. 142.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6): 6.71 (dd, J=4.9, 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (dt, J=2.9, 8.4
Hz, 1H), 7.37 (dd, J=2.9, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 8.60 (s, 1H). EIMS m/z 156
(M+1).
Preparation of 6-Fluoro-1H-benzo[d][1,3]oxazine-2,4-dione (Compound
35)
[0272] Trichloromethyl chloroformate (7.01 mL, 58.13 mmol) was
added to a stirred solution of Compound 34 (8.2 g, 52.85 mmol) in
dry dioxane at room temperature and the solution was refluxed for 4
h. The solution was cooled in an ice bath and the solids formed
were filtered. The solids were washed by ether and dried under
vacuum at room temperature to yield 9.1 g (96%) of white solids.
M.P. 240.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 7.19 (dd,
J=4.2, 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.63-7.71 (m, 1H), 11.77 (s, 1H). EIMS (neg.
mode) m/z 180 (M-1). Anal. (C.sub.8H.sub.4FNO.sub.3) C, H, N.
##STR75##
Preparation of 1-Benzyl-6-fluoro-1H-benzo[d][1,3]oxazine-2,4-dione
(Compound 36)
[0273] A solution of Compound 35 (3 g, 16.57 mmol) in DMF was added
slowly to a suspension of NaH (60% in mineral oil, 729 mg, 18.23
mmol) in DMF and further stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Then,
neat benzyl bromide (2,17 mL, 18.23 mmol) was added and the
solution was further stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The
solution was poured into ice water and the solids formed were
filtered, washed several times by water, and dried. The solids were
suspended in hexane, sonicated briefly, filtered, and washed by
hexane to yield 1.88 g (42%) of white solids. M.P. 95.degree. C.
.sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 5.29 (s, 2H), 7.26 (m, 2H),
7.35 (m, 5H), 7.40 (m, 2H), 7.64 (dt, J=2.9, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (dd,
J=3.2, 8.0 Hz, 1H). Anal. (C.sub.16H.sub.13NO.sub.3) C, H, N.
Preparation of
6-Fluoro-1-(4-fluorobenzyl)-1H-benzo[d][1,3]oxazine-2,4-dione
(Compound 37)
[0274] A solution of Compound 35 (3 g, 16.57 mmol) in DMF was added
slowly to a suspension of NaH (60% in mineral oil, 729 mg, 18.22
mmol) in DMF and further stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Then,
neat 4-fluorobenzyl bromide (2.28 mL, 18.23 mmol) was added and the
solution further stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The solution
was poured into ice water and the solids formed were filtered,
washed several times by water, and dried. The solids were suspended
in hexane, sonicated briefly, filtered, and washed by hexane to
yield 3.23 g (67%) of white solids. M.P. 107.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 5.27 (s, 2H), 7.19 (m, 2H), 7.29 (dd,
J=3.9, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (m, 2H), 7.65 (td, J=5.5, 9.0 Hz, 1H),
7.81 (dd, J=2.9, 7.9 Hz, 1H). Anal.
(C.sub.15H.sub.9F.sub.2NO.sub.3) C, H, N.
Preparation of 6-Fluoro-1-methyl-1H-benzo[d][1,3]oxazine-2,4-dione
(Compound 38)
[0275] A solution of Compound 35 (3 g, 16.57 mmol) in DMF was added
slowly to a suspension of NaH (60% in mineral oil, 0.729 g, 18.23
mmol) in DMF and further stirred at room temperature for I h. Then,
neat methyl iodide (1.14 mL, 18.23 mmol) was added and the solution
further stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The solution was
poured into ice water and the solids formed were filtered, washed
several times by water, and dried. The solids were suspended in
hexane, sonicated briefly, filtered, and washed by hexane to yield
1.84 g (57%) of white solids. M.P. 133.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta.3.90 (s, 3H), 7.51 (dd, J=4.0, 8.8 Hz, 1H),
7.77 (m, 12). Anal. (C.sub.9H.sub.6FNO.sub.3) C, H, N.
##STR76##
Preparation of
1-Benzyl-6-fluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carboxylic
acid ethyl ester (Compound 39)
[0276] Neat diethyl malonate (0.89 mL, 5.8 mmol) was added slowly
to a suspension of sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 256 mg, 6.41
mmol) in dimethylacetamide under N.sub.2 atmosphere. The mixture
was stirred at room temperature until the evolution of hydrogen gas
ceased, then the mixture was heated to 90.degree. C. for 30 min and
cooled to room temperature. A solution of Compound 36 (1.74 g, 6.41
mmol) in dimethylacetamide was added slowly to the meixture, which
was heated overnight at 110.degree. C. The mixture was cooled to
room temperature, poured into ice water, and acidified by cold 10%
HC l. The solids formed were filtered, washed several times by
water, and dried at room temperature under vacuum to yield 1.4 g
(64%) of white solids. M.P. 129.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta.1.30 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 4.34 (q, J=6.9 Hz,
2H), 5.46 (s, 2H), 7.17-7.24 (m, 5H), 7.38 (dd, J=4.6, 9.6 Hz, 1H),
7.50 (td, J=2.9, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J=3.1, 9.4 Hz, 1H). EIMS
m/z 342 (M+1), 364 (M+23). Anal. (Cl.sub.9H l.sub.6FNO.sub.4) C, H,
N.
Preparation of
6-Fluoro-1-(Fluoro-benzyl)-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbox-
ylic acid ethyl ester (Compound 40)
[0277] Neat diethyl malonate (1.2 mL, 8.0 mmol) was added slowly to
a suspension of sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 352 mg, 8.8
mmol) in dimethylacetamide under N.sub.2 atmosphere. The mixture
was stirred at room temperature until the evolution of hydrogen gas
ceased, then the mixture was heated to 90.degree. C. for 30 min and
cooled to room temperature. A solution of Compound 37 (2.5 g, 8.8
mmol) in dimethylacetamide was added slowly and heated overnight at
110.degree. C. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, poured
into ice water, and acidified by cold 10% HCI. The solids formed
were filtered, washed several times by water, and dried at room
temperature under vacuum to yield 2.5 g (87%) of white solids. M.P.
123.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 1.31 (t, J=7.0
Hz, 3H), 4.37 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 5.43 (s, 2H), 7.19 (m, 2H), 7.29
(dd, J=3.9, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (m, 2H), 7.65 (td, J=5.5, 9.0 Hz,
1H), 7.81 (dd, J=2.9, 7.9 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 360 (M+1), 382 (M+23).
Anal. (C.sub.19H.sub.15F.sub.2NO.sub.4) C, H, N.
Preparation of
6-Fluoro-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carboxylic
acid ethyl ester (Compound 41)
[0278] Neat diethyl malonate (1.27 g, 8.4 mmol) was added slowly to
a suspension of sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 372 mg, 9.3
mmol) in dimethylacetamide under N.sub.2 atmosphere. The mixture
was stirred at room temperature until the evolution of hydrogen gas
ceased, then the mixture was heated to 90.degree. C. for 30 min.
and cooled to room temperature. A solution of Compound 38 (1.8 g,
9.3 mmol) in dimethylacetamide was added slowly and the mixture
heated overnight at 120.degree. C. The mixture was cooled to room
temperature, poured into ice water, and acidified by cold 10% HCl.
The solids formed were filtered and washed several times by water
to yield 1.3 g (53%) of white solids. M.P. 131.degree. C.
[0279] .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 1.30 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H),
3.54 (s, 3H), 4.31 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 7.56 (dd, J=4.6, 9.3 Hz, 1H),
7.64 (dd, J=2.9, 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (dd, J=2.9, 9.3 Hz, 1H), 12.80
(s, 1H). EIMS m/z 266 (M+1), 288 (M+23).
Preparation of
1-Benzyl-6-fluoro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carboxylic
acid cyclohexylamide (Compound 42)
[0280] Cyclohexylamine (2.95 mL, 25.78 mmol) was added to a
solution of Compound 39 (4.4 g, 12.89 mmol) in toluene (50 mL) and
refluxed for 3 h. The solution was cooled and the solvent was
evaporated under vacuum. The residue obtained was suspended in
water, briefly sonicated, and filtered. The crude product was
recrystallized by ether to yield 4.0 g (78%) of white solids. M.P.
130-134.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 1.37 (m,
5H), 1.56 (m, 1H), 1.67 (m, 2H), 1.88 (m, 2H), 3.87 (m, 1H), 5.29
(s, 2H), 7.17 (m, 2H), 7.23 (m, 1H), 7.33 (m, 1H), 7.46 (dd, J=3.9,
9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (td, J=2.9, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J=2.9, 8.8 Hz,
1H). EIMS m/z 394 (M+1).
Preparation of
6-Fluoro-1-(4-fluorobenzyl)-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbo-
xylic acid cyclohexylamide (Compound 43)
[0281] Cyclohexylamine (3.25 mL, 28.38 mmol) was added to a
solution of Compound 40 (5.1 g, 14.19 mmol) in toluene (50 mL) and
refluxed for 4 h. The solution was cooled and the solvent was
evaporated under vacuum. The residue obtained was suspended in
water, briefly sonicated, and filtered. The crude product was
recrystallized by ether to yield 5.0 g (86%) of white solids. M.P.
118.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 1.18 (m, 2H),
1.35 (m, 3H), 1.57 (m, 1H), 1.67 (m, 2H), 1.88 (m, 2H), 3.86 (m,
1H), 5.48 (s, 2H), 7.13 (m, 2H), 7.24 (m, 2H), 7.35 (dd, J=3.9, 9.0
Hz, 1H), 7.53 (td, J=5.5, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J=2.9, 7.9 Hz,
1H). EIMS m/z 413 (M+1).
Preparation of
6-Fluoro-4-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carboxylic
acid cyclohexylamide (Compound 44)
[0282] Cyclohexylamine (1.98 mL, 17.34 mmol) was added to a
solution of Compound 41 (2.3 g, 8.67 mmol) in toluene (50 mL) and
refluxed for 4 h. The solution was cooled and the solvent was
evaporated under vacuum. The residue obtained was suspended in
water, briefly sonicated, and filtered. The crude product was
recrystallized by ether to yield 2.38 g (97%) of white solids. M.P.
193.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 1.28 (m, 1H),
1.36 (m, 4H), 1.55 (m, 1H), 1.68 (m, 2H), 1.87 (m, 2H), 3.62 (s,
3H), 3.90 (m, 1H), 7.70 (m, 3H), 7.77 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 10.41 (s,
1H). EIMS m/z 341 (M+23).
Preparation of
1-Benzyl-4-chloro-6-fluoro-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile
(Compound 45)
[0283] A solution of Compound 42 (3.5 g, 8.86 mmol) in 30 mL neat
phosphorus oxychloride was heated at 90.degree. C. for 5 h. The
solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was
suspended in ice water and neutralized by solid sodium bicarbonate.
The solids formed were filtered, washed by water, and purified by
flash chromatography eluting with 1% methanol in dichloromethane to
yield 1.29 g (47%) of yellow solids. M.P. 228.degree. C. .sup.1H
NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 5.29 (s, 2H), 7.27 (m, 4H), 7.32 (m,
2H), 7.58 (dd, J=4.3, 9.3 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (td, J=2.4, 8.0 Hz, 1H),
7.91 (dd, J=2.9, 8.9 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 335 (M+23). ##STR77##
Preparation of
4-Chloro-6-fluoro-1-(4-fluorobenzyl)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbon-
itrile (Compound 46)
[0284] A solution of Compound 43 (5.1 g, 12.36 mmol) in 20 ml neat
phosphorus oxychloride was heated at 100.degree. C. for 5 h. The
solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was
suspended in ice water and neutralized by solid sodium bicarbonate.
The solids formed were filtered, washed by water, and purified by
flash chromatography eluting with 1% methanol in dichloromethane to
yield 2.05 g (50%) of yellow solids. M.P. 236.degree. C. .sup.1H
NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 5.54 (s, 2H), 7.14 (m, 2H), 7.33 (m,
2H), 7.59 (dd, J=4.0, 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (td, J=2.8, 7.9 Hz, 1H),
7.91 (dd, J=2.8, 8.9 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 331 (M+1).
Preparation of
4-Chloro-6-fluoro-1-methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile
(Compound 47)
[0285] A solution of Compound 44 (2 g, 6.28 mmol) in 20 ml neat
phosphorus oxychloride was heated at 90.degree. C. for 5 h. The
solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was
suspended in ice water and neutralized by solid sodium bicarbonate.
The solids formed were filtered, washed by water, and purified by
flash chromatography eluting with 1% methanol in dichloromethane to
yield 0.80 g (56%) of yellow solids. M.P. 258.degree. C. .sup.1H
NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 3.67 (s, 3H), 7.78-7.89 (m, 3H). EIMS
m/z 259 (M+23).
Preparation of
1-Benzyl-6-fluoro-2-oxo-4-(piperazin-1-yl)-1,2-dihydro-quinolin-3-carboni-
trile (Compound 48)
[0286] A solution of Compound 45 (1.0 g, 3.2 mmol) in
dichloromethane was added slowly to a stirred solution of piperazin
(826 mg g, 9.59 mmol) in dichloromethane at room temperature. The
solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The solvent was
removed under reduced pressure. The residue was taken in water
sonicated briefly and filtered. The solid was dissolved in ethyl
acetate and washed by water. The organic layer was dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and concentrated to yield 1.1 g (96%) yellow
solids. M.P. 162.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta.
2.70 (s, 1H), 2.94 (m, 4H), 3.53 (m, 4H), 5.47 (s, 2H), 7.19-7.25
(m, 3H), 7.42 (m, 2H), 7.51 (dd, J=4.3, 9.3 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (td,
J=2.4, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (dd, J=2.9, 8.9 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 363
(M+1).
Preparation of
6-Fluoro-1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-2-oxo-4-(piperazin-1-yl)-1,2-dihydro-quinoli-
n-3-carbonitrile (Compound 49)
[0287] A solution of Compound 46 (2.0 g, 6.04 mmol) in
dichloromethane was added slowly to a stirred solution of
piperazine (1.56 g, 18.21 mmol) in dichloromethane at room
temperature. The solution was stirred overnight at room
temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The
residue was taken in water, sonicated briefly, and filtered. The
solids were dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed by water. The
organic layer was dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and concentrated to
yield 2.18 g (95%) yellow solids. M.P. 240.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 2.84 (s, 1H), 2.94 (m, 4H), 3.54 (m, 4H),
5.45 (s, 2H), 7.15 (m, 2H), 7.27 (m, 2H), 7.44 (dd, J=4.4, 9.3 Hz,
1H), 7.53 (td, J=2.4, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (dd, J=2.9, 8.9 Hz, 1H).
EIMS m/z 381 (M+1). ##STR78##
Preparation of
6-Fluoro-1-methyl-2-oxo-4-(piperazin-1-yl)-1,2-dihydro-quinolin-3-carboni-
trile (Compound 50)
[0288] A solution of Compound 47 (750 mg, 3.17 mmol) in
dichloromethane was added slowly to a stirred solution of
piperazine (819 mg, 9.50 mmol) in dichloromethane at room
temperature. The solution was stirred overnight at room
temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The
residue was taken in water, sonicated briefly, and filtered. The
solids were dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed by water. The
organic layer was dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and concentrated to
yield 780 mg (86%) of yellow solids. M.P. 211.degree. C. .sup.1H
NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 2.91 (m, 4H), 3.47 (m, 4H), 3.56 (s,
3H), 7.54 (m, 1H), 7.63 (m, 2H). EIMS m/z 287 (M+1).
Preparation of
1-Benzyl-6-fluoro-4-[4-(furan-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-2-oxo-1,2-dihyd-
ro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 51)
[0289] 2-Furoyl chloride (148 .mu.L, 1.5 mmol) was added to a
stirred solution of Compound 48 (363 mg, 1 mmol) in pyridine (5 mL)
under argon at 0.degree. C. The solution was allowed to come to
room temperature and further stirred overnight. The solution was
poured into ice water and the solids formed were filtered. The
solids were washed by excess water, dried, and recrystallized by
ethyl acetate to yield 332 mg (73%) of white solids. M.P.
209.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 3.69 (m, 4H),
3.97 (m, 4H), 5.49 (s, 2H), 6.66 (m, 1H), 7.09 (d, J=3.3 Hz, 1H),
7.22 (m, 3H), 7.32 (m, 2H), 7.45 (dd, J=4.7, 9.5 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (m,
1H), 7.69 (dd, J=2.8, 9.7 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (s, 1H). EIMS m/z 479
(M+23). Anal. (C.sub.26H.sub.21FN.sub.4O.sub.3) C, H, N.
Preparation of
6-Fluoro-1-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-4-[4-(furan-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-2-ox-
o-1,2-dihydro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 52)
[0290] 2-Furoyl chloride (148 .mu.L, 1.5 mmol) was added to a
stirred solution of Compound 49 (380 mg, 1 mmol) in pyridine (5 mL)
under argon at 0.degree. C. The solution was allowed to come to
room temperature and further stirred overnight. The solution was
poured into ice water and the solids formed were filtered. The
solids were washed by excess water, dried, and recrystallized by
ethylacetate to yield 282 mg (85%) of white solids. M.P.
248.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 3.68 (m, 4H),
3.96 (m, 4H), 5.47 (s, 2H), 6.66 (dd, J=1.6, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d,
J=3.4 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (m, 2H), 7.28 (m, 2H), 7.47 (dd, J=4.7, 9.6 Hz,
1H), 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.69 (dd, J=2.8, 9.7 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (s, 1H). EIMS
m/z 497 (M+23). Anal. (C.sub.26H.sub.20F.sub.2N.sub.4O.sub.3) C, H,
N.
Preparation of
6-Fluoro-4-[4-(furan-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1-methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihyd-
ro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 53)
[0291] 2-Furoyl chloride (148 .mu.L, 1.5 mmol) was added to a
stirred solution of Compound 50 (286 mg, 1.0 mmol) in pyridine (5
mL) under argon at 0.degree. C. The solution was allowed to come to
room temperature and further stirred overnight. The solution was
poured into ice water and the solids formed were filtered. The
solids were washed by excess water, dried, and recrystallized by
ethyl acetate to yield 333 mg (87%) of white solids. M.P.
263.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 3.58 (s, 3H),
3.62 (m, 4H), 3.95 (m, 4H), 6.66 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=3.4
Hz, 1H), 7.65 (m, 3H), 7.88 (s, 1H). EIMS m/z 403 (M+23). Anal.
(C.sub.20H.sub.17FN.sub.4O.sub.3) C, H, N.
Preparation of
1-Benzyl-6-fluoro-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]1,2-di-
hydro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 54)
[0292] 2-Thiophene carbonyl chloride (160 .mu.L, 1.5 mmol) was
added to a stirred solution of Compound 48 (362 mg, 1.0 mmol) in
pyridine (5 mL) under argon at 0.degree. C. The solution was
allowed to come to room temperature and further stirred overnight.
The solution was poured into ice water and the solids formed were
filtered. The solids were washed by excess water, dried, and
recrystallized by ethyl acetate to yield 359 mg (76%) of white
solids. M.P. 246.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta.
3.67 (m, 4H), 3.94 (m, 4H), 5.49 (s, 2H), 7.16 (m, 1H), 7.20-7.26
(m, 3H), 7.45 (dd, J=4.6, 9.4 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=3.9 Hz, 1H), 7.55
(td, J=2.7, 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (dd, J=2.8, 9.7 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d,
J=5.1 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 473 (M+1). Anal.
(C.sub.26H.sub.21FN.sub.4O.sub.2S) C, H, N.
Preparation of
6-Fluoro-1-(fluoro-benzyl)-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1--
yl]-1,2-dihydro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 55)
[0293] 2-Thiophene carbonyl chloride (160 .mu.L, 1.5 mmol) was
added to a stirred solution of Compound 49 (380 mg, 1.0 mmol) in
pyridine (5 mL) under argon at 0.degree. C. The solution was
allowed to come to room temperature and further stirred overnight.
The solution was poured into ice water and the solids formed were
filtered. The solids were washed by excess water, dried, and
recrystallized by ethyl acetate to yield 294 mg (60%) of white
solids. M.P. 211.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta.
3.67 (m, 4H), 3.94 (m, 4H), 5.47 (s, 2H), 7.15 (m, 3H), 7.27 (m,
2H), 7.46 (m, 2H), 7.54 (td, J=2.6, 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (dd, J=2.8,
9.7 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 491 (M+1). Anal.
(C.sub.26H.sub.20F.sub.2N.sub.4O.sub.2S) C, H, N. ##STR79##
Preparation of
6-Fluoro-1-methyl-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1,2-d-
ihydro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 56)
[0294] 2-Thiophene carbonyl chloride (160 .mu.L, 1.5 mmol) was
added to a stirred solution of Compound 50 (286 mg, 1.0 mmol) in
pyridine (5 mL) under argon at 0.degree. C. The solution was
allowed to come to room temperature and further stirred overnight.
The solution was poured into ice water and the solids formed were
filtered. The solids were washed by excess water, dried, and
recrystallized by ethyl acetate to yield 390 mg (98%) of white
solids. M.P. 286.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta.
3.58 (s, 3H), 3.62 (m, 4H), 3.92 (m, 4H), 7.16 (dd, J=3.5, 5.0,
1H), 7.50 (d, J=3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.63-7.68 (m, 3H), 7.80 (d, J=4.8 Hz,
1H). EIMS m/z 397 (M+1). Anal. (C.sub.20H.sub.17FN.sub.4O.sub.2S)
C, H, N.
Preparation of 2-Amino-5-chloro benzoic acid (Compound 57)
[0295] To a solution of 5-chloro-2-nitrobenzoic acid (20 g, 110
mmol) in ethanol was added freshly activated raney nickel (2 g).
The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature under
hydrogen atmosphere. The solution was filtered through celite and
evaporated under reduced pressure to yield 16 g (96%) of white
solids. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 6.77 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H),
7.24 (dd, J=2.9, 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=2.9 Hz, 1H), 8.7 (b, 3H);
EIMS: 170 (M-H). ##STR80##
Preparation of 6-Chloro-1H-benzo[d][1,3]oxazine-2,4-dione (Compound
58)
[0296] Trichloromethyl chloroformate (4.8 mL, 300 mmol) was added
to a stirred solution of Compound 57 (6.84 g, 40 mmol) in dry
dioxane at room temperature and the solution was refluxed for 4 h.
The solution was cooled in an ice bath and the solids formed were
filtered. The solids were washed by ether and dried under vacuum at
room temperature to yield 7.3 g (92%) of white solids. .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 7.47 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (dd, J=8.6,
1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J=1.1, 1H), 11.63 (s, 1H).
Preparation of 1-Benzyl-6-chloro-1H-benzo[d][1,3]oxazine-2,4-dione
(Compound 59)
[0297] A solution of Compound 58 (4.9 g, 25 mmol) in DMF was added
slowly to a suspension of NaH (60% in mineral oil, 1.2 g, 30 mmol)
in DMF and further stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Then, neat
benzyl bromide (3.78 mL, 30 mmol) was added and the solution
further stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The solution was
poured into ice water and the solids formed were filtered, washed
several times by water, and dried. The solids were suspended in
hexane, sonicated briefly, filtered, and washed by hexane to yield
6.5 g (90%) of white solids. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta.
5.45 (s, 2H), 7.17 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.39 (m, 5H), 7.65 (dd,
J=1.5, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H).
Preparation of
6-Chloro-1-(4-Fluorobenzyl)-1H-benzo[d][1,3]oxazine-2,4-dione
(Compound 60)
[0298] A solution of Compound 58 (5 g, 25 mmol) in DMF was added
slowly to a suspension of NaH (60% in mineral oil, 1.24 g, 31 mmol)
in DMF and further stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Then, neat
4-fluorobenzyl bromide (3.81 mL, 31 mmol) was added and the
solution further stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The solution
was poured into ice water and the solids formed were filtered,
washed several times by water, and dried. The solids were suspended
in hexane, sonicated briefly, filtered, and washed by hexane to
yield 7.3 g (96%) of white solids. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6):
.delta. 5.45 (s, 2H), 7.14-7.17 (m, 3H), 7.44 (m, 2H), 7.64 (dd,
J=1.7, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1H).
Preparation of 1,6-Dimethyl-1H-benzo[d][1,3]oxazine-2,4-dione
(Compound 61)
[0299] A solution of Compound 58 (5 g, 25 mmol) in DMF was added
slowly to a suspension of NaH (60% in mineral oil, 1.24 g, 31 mmol)
in DMF, and the solution was further stirred at room temperature
for 1 h. Then, methyl iodide (1.92 mL, 31 mmol) was added and the
solution was further stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The
solution was poured into ice water and the solids formed were
filtered, washed several times by water, and dried. The solids were
suspended in hexane, sonicated briefly, filtered, and washed by
hexane to yield 4.6 g (75%) of white solids. .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 3.52 (s, 3H), 7.54 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.74
(dd, J=1.7, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1H). ##STR81##
Preparation of
1-Benzyl-6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carboxylic
acid ethyl ester (Compound 62)
[0300] Neat diethyl malonate (19.07 mL, 125 mmol) was added slowly
to a suspension of sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 5.52 g, 138
mmol) in dimethylacetamide under N.sub.2 atmosphere. The mixture
was stirred at room temperature until the evolution of hydrogen gas
ceased, then the mixture was heated to 90.degree. C. for 30 min
then cooled to room temperature. A solution of Compound 59 (39.88
g, 138 mmol) in dimethylacetamide was added slowly and the mixture
heated overnight at 110.degree. C. The mixture was cooled to room
temperature, poured into ice water, and acidified by cold 10% HCl.
The solids formed were filtered, washed several times by water, and
dried at room temperature under vacuum to yield 38 g (86%) of white
solids. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 1.31 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H),
4.32 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 5.45 (s, 2H), 7.17 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.2
(m, 2H), 7.31 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (dd,
J=2.8, 9.2 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 12.90 (b, 1H); EIMS:
358 (M+H).
Preparation of
6-Chloro-1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carb-
oxylic acid ethyl ester (Compound 63)
[0301] Neat diethyl malonate (3.04 mL, 20 mmol) was added slowly to
a suspension of sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 0.88 g, 22
mmol) in dimethylacetamide under N.sub.2 atmosphere. The mixture
was stirred at room temperature until the evolution of hydrogen gas
ceased, then the mixture was heated to 90.degree. C. for 30 min and
cooled to room temperature. A solution of Compound 60 (6.7 g, 22
mmol) in dimethylacetamide was added slowly and the mixture heated
overnight at 110.degree. C. The mixture was cooled to room
temperature, poured into ice water, and acidified by cold 10% HCl.
The solids formed were filtered, washed several times by water, and
dried at room temperature under vacuum to yield 6.4 g (85%) of
white solids. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 1.31 (t, J=6.8
Hz, 3H), 4.34 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 5.43 (s, 2H), 7.1 (m, 2H), 7.2 (m,
2H), 7.40 (d, J=9.2, 1H), 7.66 (dd, J=2.4, 9.2 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (d,
J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 13.00 (b, 1H); EIMS: 376 (M+H).
Preparation of
6-Chloro-4-Hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carboxylic
acid ethyl ester (Compound 64)
[0302] Neat diethyl malonate (2.28 g, 14.26 mmol) was added slowly
to a suspension of sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 628 mg,
15.69 mmol) in dimethylacetamide under N.sub.2 atmosphere. The
mixture was stirred at room temperature until the evolution of
hydrogen gas ceased, then the mixture was heated to 90.degree. C.
for 30 min. then cooled to room temperature. A solution of Compound
61 (12 g, 56 mmol) in dimethylacetamide was added slowly and the
mixture heated overnight at 120.degree. C. The mixture was cooled
to room temperature, poured into ice water, and acidified by cold
10% HCl. The solids formed were filtered and washed several times
by water to yield 3.96 g (97%) of white solids. .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 1.29 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 4.30
(q, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 7.54 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (dd, J=1.6, 8.9 Hz,
1H), 8.0 (m, 1H), 12.80 (b, 1H); EIMS: 282 (M+H).
Preparation of
1-Benzyl-6-chloro-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carboxylic
acid cyclohexylamide (Compound 65)
[0303] Cyclohexylamine (1.27 mL, 11.17 mmol) was added to a
solution of Compound 62 (2.0 g, 5.6 mmol) in toluene (50 mL) and
refluxed for 4 h. The solution was cooled and the solvent was
evaporated under vacuum. The residue obtained was suspended in
water, briefly sonicated, and filtered. The crude product was
recrystallized by ether to yield 2.23 g (96%) of white solids. M.P.
158.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 1.22 (m, 2H),
1.35 (m, 3H), 1.56 (m, 1H), 1.67 (m, 2H), 1.88 (m, 2H), 3.87 (m,
1H), 5.51 (s, 2H), 7.16 (m, 2H), 7.24 (m, 1H), 7.32 (m, 2H), 7.42
(d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H),
10.36 (s, 1H). EIMS m/z 411 (M+1).
Preparation of
6-Chloro-1-(4-fluorobenzyl)-4-hydroxy-6-methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinolin-
e-3-carboxylic acid cyclohexylamide (Compound 66)
[0304] Cyclohexylamine (1.83 mL, 16 mmol) was added to a solution
of Compound 63 (3.0 g, 8 mmol) in toluene (50 mL) and refluxed for
4 h. The solution was cooled and the solvent was evaporated under
vacuum. The residue obtained was suspended in water, briefly
sonicated, and filtered. The crude product was recrystallized by
ether to yield 3.1 g (90%) of white solids. M.P. 157.degree. C.
.sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 1.21 (m, 2H), 1.35 (m, 3H),
1.55 (m, 1H), 1.67 (m, 2H), 1.88 (m, 2H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 3.87 (m,
1H), 5.49 (s, 2H), 7.13 (m, 2H), 7.23 (m, 2H), 7.44 (d, J=9.3 Hz,
1H), 7.70 (dd, J=2.6, 9.4 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 10.33
(s, 1H).
Preparation of
4-Chloro-6-hydroxy-1-methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carboxylic
acid cyclohexylamide (Compound 67)
[0305] Cyclohexylamine (1.62 mL, 14.2 mmol) was added to a solution
of Compound 64 (2.0 g, 7.1 mmol) in toluene (50 mL) and refluxed
for 4 h. The solution was cooled and the solvent was evaporated
under vacuum. The residue obtained was suspended in water, briefly
sonicated, and filtered. The crude product was recrystallized by
ether to yield 2.27 g (67%) of white solids. M.P. 186.degree. C.
.sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 1.28 (m, 1H), 1.38 (m, 4H),
1.54 (m, 1H), 1.69 (m, 2H), 1.87 (m, 2H), 3.60 (s, 3H), 3.87 (m,
1H), 7.66 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (s, 1H),
10.39 (s, 1H). EIMS m/z 335 (M+1).
Preparation of
1-Benzyl-4,6-dichloro-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile
(Compound 68)
[0306] A solution of Compound 65 (2 g, 4.86 mmol) in 20 mL neat
phosphorus oxychloride was heated to 90.degree. C. for 5 h. The
solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was
suspended in ice water and neutralized by solid sodium bicarbonate.
The solids formed were filtered, washed by water, and purified by
flash chromatography eluting with 1% methanol in dichloromethane to
yield 810 mg (51%) of yellow solids. M.P. 243.degree. C. .sup.1H
NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 5.55 (s, 2H), 7.25 (m, 3H), 7.32 (m,
2H), 7.56 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (dd, J=2.1, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (d,
J=2.1 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 352 (M+23). ##STR82##
Preparation of
4,6-Dichloro-1-(4-fluorobenzyl)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitril-
e (Compound 69)
[0307] A solution of Compound 66 (3 g, 7 mmol) in 30 mL neat
phosphorus oxychloride was heated at 90.degree. C. for 5 h. The
solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was
suspended in ice water and neutralized by solid sodium bicarbonate.
The solids formed were filtered, washed by water, and purified by
flash chromatography eluting with 1% methanol in dichloromethane to
yield 1.2 g (50%) of yellow solids. M.P. 252.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 5.53 (s, 2H), 7.15 (m, 2H), 7.33 (m, 2H),
7.56 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (dd, J=2.1, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (d,
J=2.1 Hz, 1H).
Preparation of
4,6-Dichloro-1-methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile
(Compound 70)
[0308] A solution of Compound 67 (2.2 g, 6.57 mmol) in 20 mL neat
phosphorus oxychloride was heated at 90.degree. C. for 5 h. The
solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was
suspended in ice water and neutralized by solid sodium bicarbonate.
The solids formed were filtered, washed by water, and purified by
flash chromatography eluting with 1% methanol in dichloromethane to
yield 0.8 g (48%) of yellow solids. M.P. 256.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 3.65 (s, 3H), 7.60 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.94
(dd, J=2.1, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 254
(M+1). ##STR83##
Preparation of
1-Benzyl-6-chloro-2-oxo-4-(piperazin-1-yl)-1,2-dihydro-quinolin-3-carboni-
trile (Compound 71)
[0309] A solution of Compound 68 (0.8 g, 2.43 mmol) in
dichloromethane was added slowly to a stirred solution of
piperazine (628 mg g, 7.29 mmol) in dichloromethane at room
temperature. The solution was stirred overnight at room
temperature. The solvent was then removed under reduced pressure.
The residue was taken in water, sonicated briefly, and filtered.
The solids were dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed by water. The
organic layer was dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and concentrated to
yield 0.9 g (98%) of yellow solids. M.P. 156.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 2.94 (m, 4H), 3.55 (m, 4H), 5.47 (s, 2H),
7.19 (m, 2H), 7.24 (m, 1H), 7.31 (m, 2H), 7.39 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H),
7.64 (dd, J=2.6, 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 379
(M+1).
Preparation of
6-Chloro-1-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-2-oxo-4-(piperazin-1-yl)-1,2-dihydro-quinoli-
n-3-carbonitrile (Compound 72)
[0310] A solution of Compound 69 (1.2 g, 3.48 mmol) in
dichloromethane was added slowly to a stirred solution of
piperazine (0.9 g, 10.45 mmol) in dichloromethane at room
temperature. The solution was stirred overnight at room
temperature. The solvent was then removed under reduced pressure.
The residue was taken in water, sonicated briefly, and filtered.
The solids were dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed by water. The
organic layer was dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and concentrated to
yield 1.36 (98%) of yellow solids. M.P. 189.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 2.94 (m, 4H), 3.54 (m, 4H), 5.43 (s, 2H),
7.14 (m, 2H), 7.26 (m, 2H), 7.43 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (dd,
J=2.5, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 397 (M+1).
Preparation of
6-Chloro-1-methyl-2-oxo-4-(piperazin-1-yl)-1,2-dihydro-quinolin-3-carboni-
trile (Compound 73)
[0311] A solution of Compound 70 (0.8 g, 3.16 mmol) in
dichloromethane was added slowly to a stirred solution of
piperazine (819 mg, 9.50 mmol) in dichloromethane at room
temperature. The solution was stirred overnight at room
temperature. The solvent was then removed under reduced pressure.
The residue was taken in water, sonicated briefly, and filtered.
The solids were dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed by water. The
organic layer was dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and concentrated to
yield 950 mg (99%) of yellow solids. M.P. 223.degree. C. .sup.1H
NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 2.92 (m, 4H), 3.48 (m, 4H), 3.55 (s,
3H), 7.60 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (m, 2H). EIMS m/z 303 (M+1).
Preparation of
1-Benzyl-6-chloro-4-[4-(furan-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-2-oxo-1,2-dihyd-
ro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 74)
[0312] 2-Furoyl chloride (148 .mu.L, 1.5 mmol) was added to a
stirred solution of Compound 71 (379 mg, 1 mmol) in pyridine (5 mL)
under argon at 0.degree. C. The solution was allowed to come to
room temperature and further stirred overnight. The solution was
poured into ice water and the solids formed were filtered. The
solids were washed by excess water, dried, and recrystallized by
ethyl acetate to yield 361 mg (76%) of white solids. M.P.
221.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 3.70 (m, 4H),
3.97 (m, 4H), 5.48 (s, 2H), 6.67 , (dd, J=2.0, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.10
(d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (m, 2H), 7.25 (m, 1H), 7.27 (m, 2H), 7.42
(d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (dd, J=2.4, 9.2 Hz), 7.90 (s, 1H). EIMS m/z
496 (M+23). Anal. (C.sub.26H.sub.21ClN.sub.4O.sub.3) C, H, N.
Preparation of
6-Chloro-1-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-4-[4-(furan-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-2-ox-
o-1,2-dihydro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 75)
[0313] 2-Furoyl chloride (148 .mu.L, 1.5 mmol) was added to a
stirred solution of Compound 72 (397 mg, 1 mmol) in pyridine (5 mL)
under argon at 0.degree. C. The solution was allowed to come to
room temperature and further stirred overnight. The solution was
poured into ice water and the solids formed were filtered. The
solids were washed by excess water, dried, and recrystallized by
ethylacetate to yield 212 mg (43%) of white solids. M.P.
253.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 3.69 (m, 4H),
3.96 (m, 4H), 5.45 (s, 2H), 6.66 (m, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H),
7.20 (m, 2H), 7.27 (m, 2H), 7.46 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (dd,
J=2.4, 9.0 Hz), 7.89 (s, 1H). EIMS m/z 514 (M+23). Anal.
(C.sub.26H.sub.20ClFN.sub.4O.sub.3) C, H, N.
Preparation of
6-Chloro-4-[4-(furan-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1-methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihyd-
ro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 76)
[0314] 2-Furoyl chloride (148 .mu.L, 1.5 mmol) was added to a
stirred solution of Compound 73 (303 mg, 1.0 mmol) in pyridine (5
mL) under argon at 0.degree. C. The solution was allowed to come to
room temperature and further stirred overnight. The solution was
poured into ice water and the solids formed were filtered. The
solids were washed by excess water, dried, and recrystallized by
ethyl acetate to get 271 mg (68%) of white solids. M.P. 228.degree.
C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 3.56 (s, 3H), 3.64 (m, 4H),
3.94 (m, 4H), 6.65 (m, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=3.4 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=9.0
Hz, 1H), 7.79 (dd, J=1.9, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (m, 2H). EIMS m/z 419
(M+23). Anal. (C.sub.20H.sub.17ClN.sub.4O.sub.3) C, H, N.
Preparation of
1-Benzyl-6-chloro-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1,2-d-
ihydro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 77)
[0315] 2-Thiophene carbonyl chloride (160 .mu.L, 1.5 mmol) was
added to a stirred solution of Compound 71 (379 mg, 1.0 mmol) in
pyridine (5 mL) under argon at 0.degree. C. The solution was
allowed to come to room temperature and further stirred overnight.
The solution was poured into ice water and the solids formed were
filtered. The solids were washed by excess water, dried, and
recrystallized by ethyl acetate to yield 398 mg (82%) of white
solids. M.P. 266.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta.
3.70 (m, 4H), 3.93 (m, 4H), 5.48 (s, 2H), 7.15 (m, 1H), 7.19-7.26
(m, 3H), 7.32 (m, 2H), 7.42 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=4.0 Hz,
1H), 7.68 (dd, J=2.6, 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (s,
1H). EIMS m/z 512 (M+23). Anal. (C.sub.26H.sub.21ClN.sub.4O.sub.2S)
C, H, N. ##STR84##
Preparation of
6-Chloro-1-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin--
1-yl]-1,2-dihydro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 78)
[0316] 2-Thiophene carbonyl chloride (160 .mu.L, 1.5 mmol) was
added to a stirred solution of Compound 72 (397 mg, 1.0 mmol) in
pyridine (5 mL) under argon at 0.degree. C. The solution was
allowed to come to room temperature and further stirred overnight.
The solution was poured into ice water and the solids formed were
filtered. The solids were washed by excess water, dried, and
recrystallized by ethyl acetate to yield 280 mg (55%) of white
solids. M.P. 253.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta.
3.70 (m, 4H), 3.93 (m, 4H), 5.46 (s, 2H), 7.13-7.17 (m, 3H), 7.27
(m, 2H), 7.44 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (dd,
J=2.6, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H). EIMS m/z
508 (M+1). Anal. (C.sub.26H.sub.20FClN.sub.4O.sub.2S) C, H, N.
Preparation of
6-Chloro-1-methyl-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1,2-d-
ihydro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 79)
[0317] 2-Thiophene carbonyl chloride (160 .mu.L, 1.5 mmol) was
added to a stirred solution of Compound 73 (303 mg, 1.0 mmol) in
pyridine (5 mL) under argon at 0.degree. C. The solution was
allowed to come to room temperature and further stirred overnight.
The solution was poured into ice water and the solids formed were
filtered. The solids were washed by excess water, dried, and
recrystallized by ethyl acetate to yield 341 mg (83%) of white
solids. M.P. 262.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta.
3.57 (s, 3H), 3.64 (m, 4H), 3.91 (m, 4H), 7.16 (m, 1H), 7.50 (d,
J=3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (m, 2H), 7.86 (s, 1H).
EIMS m/z 414 (M+1). Anal. (C.sub.20H.sub.17ClN.sub.4O.sub.2S) C, H,
N.
Preparation of
1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-2-oxo-4-(piperazin-1-yl)-1,2-dihydro-quinolin-3-carbo-
nitrile (Compound 80)
[0318] A solution of Compound 8 (15 g, 48 mmol) in dichloromethane
was added slowly to a stirred solution of piperazine (12 g, 144
mmol) in dichloromethane at room temperature. The solution was
stirred overnight at room temperature. The solvent was removed
under reduced pressure. The residue was taken in water, sonicated
briefly, and filtered. The solid was dissolved in ethyl acetate and
washed by water. The organic layer was dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4
and concentrated to yield 17.17 g (98%) of yellow solids. .sup.1H
NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 2.8 (m, 2H), 3.0 (m, 2H), 3.6 (m, 2H),
3.7 (m, 2H), 5.45 (s, 2H), 7.1 (m, 2H), 7.3 (m, 3H), 7.4 (m, 1H),
7.6 (m, 1H), 7.90 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 363 (M+H). ##STR85##
[0319] Acylation at Piperazine Moiety
[0320] The compounds referred to as Compound 81 through 102 were
prepared by applying either General Procedure A or General
Procedure B as described below. General Procedure A was employed to
prepare the title compounds from the commercially available
corresponding acid chlorides, whereas General Procedure B was
employed to prepare the title compounds from commercially available
acids.
[0321] General Procedure A
[0322] The corresponding acid chloride (1.25 mmol) was added to a
stirred solution of Compound 80 (300 mg, 0.82 mmol) in pyridine (5
mL) under argon at 0.degree. C. The solution was allowed to come to
room temperature and further stirred overnight. The solution was
poured into ice water and the solids formed were filtered. The
solids were washed by excess water, dried, and purified by flash
chromatography eluting with 0-2% MeOH in a CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2
gradient.
[0323] General Procedure B
[0324] Oxalyl chloride (1.66 mmol) and DMF (2 drops) were added
sequentially to a stirred solution of the corresponding acid (1.25
mmol) in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 at room temperature, then further stirred
for 2 h under argon atmosphere. The solvent was removed under
vacuum at room temperature to yield the dry corresponding acid
chloride. A solution of Compound 80 (300 mg, 0.82 mmol) in dry
pyridine was added to the residue under argon atmosphere and
briefly sonicated. The solution was stirred overnight at room
temperature under argon atmosphere. The solution was poured into
ice water and the solids formed were filtered. The solids were
washed by excess water, dried, and purified by flash chromatography
eluting with 0-2% MeOH in a CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 gradient.
Preparation of
4-(4-Benzoyl-piperazin-1-yl)-1-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinol-
in-3-carbonitrile (Compound 81)
[0325] The title compound was prepared by applying General
Procedure A to yield 269 mg (72%) of white solids. M.P. 242.degree.
C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 3.66 (m, 4H), 3.92 (m, 4H),
5.46 (s, 2H), 7.14 (m, 3H), 7.28 (m, 3H), 7.42 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H),
7.48 (m, 5H), 7.63 (m, 1H), 7.94 (dd, J=1.5, 9.0 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z
467 (M+1). Anal. (C.sub.28H.sub.23FN.sub.4O.sub.2) C, H, N.
Preparation of
4-(4-Cyclopentanecarbonyl-piperazin-1-yl)-1-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-2-oxo-1,2-d-
ihydro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 82)
[0326] The title compound was prepared by General Procedure A to
yield 216 mg (58%) of white solids. M.P. 233.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 1.56-1.75 (m, 8H), 3.07 (m, 1H), 3.56 (m,
4H), 3.80 (m, 4H), 5.46 (s, 2H), 7.14 (m, 2H), 7.28 (m, 3H), 7.42
(d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (m, 1H), 7.94 (dd, J=1.5, 9.0 Hz, 1H). EIMS
m/z 459 (M+1). Anal. (C.sub.27H.sub.27FN.sub.4O.sub.2) C, H, N.
Preparation of
1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-2-oxo-4-[4-(2-thiophen-2-yl-acetly)-piperazin-1-yl]-1-
,2-dihydro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 83)
[0327] The title compound was prepared by applying General
Procedure A to yield 72 mg (18%) of white solids. M.P. 199.degree.
C. H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 3.58 (m, 4H), 3.82 (m, 4H), 4.05
(s, 2H), 5.46 (s, 2H), 6.97 (m, 2H), 7.14 (m, 2H), 7.28 (m, 3H),
7.40 (m, 2H), 7.48 (m, 5H), 7.63 (m, 1H), 7.92 (dd, J=1.5, 9.0 Hz,
1H). EIMS m/z 487.4 (M+1). Anal. (C.sub.27H.sub.23FN.sub.4O.sub.2S)
C, H, N.
Preparation of
1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-4-[4-(isoxazole-5-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-2-oxo-1,2-
-dihydro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 84)
[0328] The title compound was prepared by applying General
Procedure A to yield 213 mg (58%) of white solids. M.P. 253.degree.
C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 3.70 (m, 4H), 3.84 (m, 4H),
5.47 (s, 2H), 7.03 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (m, 2H), 7.27 (m, 3H),
7.45 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H). 7.64 (m, 1H), 7.93 (dd, J=1.5, 8.0 Hz, 1H),
8.79 (d, J=2.0 Hz,1H). EIMS m/z 458 (M+1). Anal.
(C.sub.25H.sub.20FN.sub.5O.sub.3) C, H, N.
Preparation of
4-[4-(4-Fluorobenzoyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-2-oxo-1,2-dihy-
dro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 85)
[0329] The title compound was prepared by applying General
Procedure A to yield 341 mg (88%) of white solids. M.P. 272.degree.
C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 3.66 (m, 4H), 3.84 (m, 4H),
5.46 (s, 2H), 7.13 (m, 2H), 7.31 (m, 5H), 7.42 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H),
7.47 (m, 2H), 7.65 (m, 1H), 7.93 (dd, J=1.2, 8.4 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z
485 (M+1). Anal. (C.sub.28H.sub.22F.sub.2N.sub.4O.sub.2) C, H,
N.
Preparation of
1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-2-oxo-4-[4-(pyridine-4-carbonyl)-piperazine-1-yl]-1,2-
-dihydro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 86)
[0330] The title compound was prepared by applying General
Procedure A to yield 273 mg (73%) of white solids. M.P. 274.degree.
C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 3.60 (m, 4H), 3.86 (m, 4H),
5.46 (s, 2H), 7.12 (m, 2H), 7.28 (m, 3H), 7.42 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H),
7.47 (m, 2H), 7.61 (m, 1H), 7.90 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.71 (dd,
J=1.2, 4.4 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 468 (M+1). Anal.
(C.sub.27H.sub.22FN.sub.5O.sub.2) C, H, N.
Preparation of
1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-2-oxo-4-[4-(piperidine-1-carbonyl)-piperazine-1-yl]-1-
,2-dihydro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 87)
[0331] The title compound was prepared by applying General
Procedure B to yield 243 mg (62%) of white solids. M.P. 223.degree.
C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 1.51 (m, 6H), 3.19 (m, 4H),
3.40 (m, 4H), 3.62 (m, 4H), 5.46 (s, 2H), 7.12 (m, 2H), 7.28 (m,
3H), 7.41 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (m, 2H), 7.92 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H).
EIMS m/z 474 (M+1). Anal. (C.sub.27H.sub.28FN.sub.5O.sub.2) C, H,
N.
Preparation of
1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-2-oxo-4-[4-(Pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl)-piperazine-1-yl]--
1,2-dihydro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 88)
[0332] The title compound was prepared by applying General
Procedure B to yield 252 mg (67%) of white solids. M.P. 232.degree.
C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 1.78 (m, 4H), 3.44 (m, 4H),
3.61 (m, 4H), 5.46 (s, 2H), 7.12 (m, 2H), 7.27 (m, 3H), 7.42 (d,
J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (m, 2H), 7.93 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 459
(M+1). Anal. (C.sub.26H.sub.26FN.sub.5O.sub.2) C, H, N.
Preparation of
1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-piperazine-1-yl]-1,-
2-dihydro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 89)
[0333] The title compound was prepared by applying General
Procedure B to yield 332 mg (79%) of yellow solids. M.P.
226.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 3.25 (m, 4H),
3.73 (m, 4H), 5.44 (s, 2H), 7.13 (m, 2H), 7.26 (m, 3H), 7.41 (d,
J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (m, 2H), 7.71 (m, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H),
8.12 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 509 (M+1). Anal.
(C.sub.25H.sub.21FN.sub.4O.sub.3S.sub.2) C, H, N.
Preparation of
1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-4-[4-(furan-3-carbonyl)-piperazine-1-yl]-2-oxo-1,2-di-
hydro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 90)
[0334] The title compound was prepared by applying General
Procedure B to yield 183 mg (48%) of white solids. M.P. 261.degree.
C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 3.65 (m, 4H), 3.86 (m, 4H),
5.47 (s, 2H), 6.73 (s, 1H), 7.13 (m, 2H), 7.28 (m, 3H), 7.43 (d,
J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (m, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.92 (dd, J=1.2, 8.4 Hz,
1H), 8.12 (s, 1H). EIMS m/z 457 (M+1). Anal.
(C.sub.26H.sub.21FN.sub.4O.sub.3) C, H, N.
Preparation of
1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-4-[4-(1-methyl-1-H-pyrrole-2-carbonyl)-piperazine-1-y-
l]-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 91)
[0335] The title compound was prepared by applying General
Procedure B to yield 233 mg (60%) of white solids. M.P. 236.degree.
C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 3.66 (m, 4H), 3.92 (m, 4H),
5.47 (s, 2H), 6.06 (dd, J=2.4, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.40 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H),
6.93 (s, 1H), 7.15 (m, 2H), 7.29 (m, 3H), 7.43 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),
7.62 (m, 1H), 7.94 (dd, j=1.2, 8.0 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 470 (M+1).
Anal. (C.sub.27H.sub.24FN.sub.5O.sub.2) C, H, N.
Preparation of
4-[4-(5-Acetyl-thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazine-1-yl]-1-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-
-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 92)
[0336] The title compound was prepared by applying General
Procedure B to yield 259 mg (60%) of white solids. M.P. 269.degree.
C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 3.70 (m, 4H), 3.90 (m, 4H),
5.47 (s, 2H), 7.12 (m, 2H), 7.29 (m, 3H), 7.44 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),
7.53 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (m, 1H), 7.94 (m, 2H). EIMS m/z 515
(M+1). Anal. (C.sub.28H.sub.23FN.sub.4O.sub.3S) C, H, N.
Preparation of
1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-3-carbonyl)-piperazine-1-yl]-1,-
2-dihydro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 93)
[0337] The title compound was prepared by applying General
Procedure B to yield 312 mg (79%) of white solids. M.P. 251.degree.
C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 3.66 (m, 4H), 3.82 (m, 4H),
5.46 (s, 2H), 7.12 (m, 2H), 7.28 (m, 3H), 7.48 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),
7.61 (m, 2H), 7.87 (m, 1H), 7.92 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 473
(M+1). Anal. (C.sub.26H .sub.21FN.sub.4O.sub.2S) C, H, N.
Preparation of
1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-2-oxo-4-[4-(pyridine-2-carbonyl)-piperazine-1-yl]-1,2-
-dihydro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 94)
[0338] The title compound was prepared by applying General
Procedure B to yield 123 mg (32%) of white solids. M.P. 231.degree.
C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 3.63 (m, 2H), 3.72 (m, 4H),
3.96 (m, 2H), 5.47 (s, 2H), 6.73 (s, 1H), 7.14 (m, 2H), 7.28 (m,
3H), 7.42 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (m, 1H), 7.68 (m, 2H), 7.96 (m,
2H), 8.64 (dd, J=0.8, 4.8 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 468 (M+1). Anal.
(C.sub.27H.sub.22FN.sub.5O.sub.2) C, H, N.
Preparation of
1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-2-oxo-4-[4-(pyrazine-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1,2--
dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile (Compound 95)
[0339] The title compound was prepared by applying General
Procedure B. MP: 145-156.degree. C.; .sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6):
3.8 (m, 8H), 5.47 (s, 2H), 7.15 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.3 (m, 3H),
7.44 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (dd, J=1.2,
8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.7 (m, 1H), 8.78 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.94 (d, J=1.6
Hz, 1H); EIMS: 469 (M+H).
Preparation of
1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-2-oxo-4-[4-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1,2-
-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile (Compound 96)
[0340] The title compound was prepared by applying General
Procedure B. MP: 144-157.degree. C.; .sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6):
3.7 (m, 6H), 4.0 (m, 2H), 5.47 (s, 2H), 7.1 (m, 2H), 7.3 (m, 3H),
7.43 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (t, J=7.6 Hz,
1H), 7.78 (d, J=8.4Hz, 1H), 7.86 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (dd,
J=1.2, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 2H), 8.55 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H);
EIMS: 518 (M+H).
Preparation of
1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-4-[4-(5-methyl-isoxazole-3-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]--
2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile (Compound 97)
[0341] The title compound was prepared by applying General
Procedure B. MP: 130-137.degree. C; .sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6):
2.48 (s, 3H), 3.7 (m, 4H), 3.9 (m, 4H), 5.47 (s, 2H), 6.53 (s, 1H),
7.15 (t, J=9.2 Hz, 2H), 7.3 (m, 3H), 7.44 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.64
(t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (dd, J=1.2, 8.4 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 472
(M+H).
Preparation of
1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-2-oxo-4-[4-(tetrahydro-furan-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1--
yl]-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile (Compound 98)
[0342] The title compound was prepared by applying General
Procedure B. MP: 123-135.degree. C.; .sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6):
1.8 (m, 2H), 2.1 (m, 2H), 3.6 (m, 4H), 3.8 (m, 6H), 4.7 (m, 1H),
5.47 (s, 2H), 7.15 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.3 (m, 3H), 7.43 (d, J=8.4
Hz, 1H), 7.64 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (dd, J=1.2, 8.4 Hz, 1H);
EIMS: 461 (M+H).
Preparation of
4-[4-(Benzo[1,3]dioxole-5-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-2-
-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile (Compound 99)
[0343] The title compound was prepared by applying General
Procedure B. MP: 140-160.degree. C.; .sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6):
3.7 (m, 8H), 5.47 (s, 2H), 6.09 (s, 2H), 7.00 (s, 2H), 7.1 (m, 1H),
7.15 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.3 (m, 3H), 7.43 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.63
(t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (dd, J=1.2, 8.0 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 511
(M+H).
Preparation of
1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-2-oxo-4-[4-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzoyl)-piperazin-1-yl-
]-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile (Compound 100)
[0344] The title compound was prepared by applying General
Procedure B. MP: 181-185.degree. C.; .sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6):
3.7 (m, 8H), 5.47 (s, 2H), 7.1 (m, 2H), 7.3 (m, 3H), 7.43 (d, J=8.4
Hz, 1H), 7.6 (m, 1H), 7.7 (m, 1H), 7.8 (m, 1H), 7.9 (m, 2H), 7.91
(dd, J=1.2, 8.4 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 535 (M+H).
Preparation of
1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-4-[4-(1H-imidazole-4-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-2-oxo--
1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile (Compound 101)
[0345] The title compound was prepared by applying General
Procedure B. MP: 176-183.degree. C.; .sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6):
3.67 (s, 4H), 4.3 (m, 4H), 5.47 (s, 2H), 7.2 (m, 2H), 7.3 (m, 3H),
7.45 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.6 (m, 2H), 7.76 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.97
(dd, J=1.2, 8.0 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 457 (M+H).
Preparation of
1-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-2-oxo-4-[4-(tetrahydro-thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazi-
n-1-yl]-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile (Compound 102)
[0346] The title compound was prepared by applying General
Procedure B. MP: 133-140.degree. C.; .sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6):
1.9 (m, 1H), 2.0 (m, 1H), 2.1 (m, 1H), 2.3 (m, 1H), 2.9 (m, 2H),
3.7 (m, 8H), 4.32 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 5.47 (s, 2H), 7.15 (t, J=8.0
Hz, 2H), 7.3 (m, 3H), 7.43 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (t, J=7.6 Hz,
1H), 7.93 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 477 (M+H).
Preparation of
4-Hydroxy-6-methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carboxylic acid
ethyl ester (Compound 103)
[0347] Neat diethyl malonate (18.05 g, 112.7 mmol) was added slowly
to a suspension of sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 4.96 mg, 124
mmol) in dimethylacetamide under N.sub.2 atmosphere. The mixture
was stirred at room temperature until the evolution of hydrogen gas
ceased, then the mixture was heated to 90.degree. C. for 30 min.
then cooled to room temperature. A solution of Compound 11 (22 g,
124 mmol) in dimethylacetamide was added slowly and the solution
heated overnight at 110.degree. C. The mixture was cooled to room
temperature, poured into ice water, and acidified by cold 10% HCl.
The solids formed were filtered and washed several times by water
to yield 10.2 g (36%) of white solids. M.P. 242.degree. C. .sup.1H
NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 1.30 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H),
4.34 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.19 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (dd, J=1.6,
8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 11.35 (s, 1H), 13.03 (s, 1H).
EIMS m/z 248 (M+1). ##STR86##
Preparation of
4-Hydroxy-6-methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carboxylic acid
cyclohexylamide (Compound 104)
[0348] Cyclohexylamine (13.88 mL, 121.33 mmol) was added to a
solution of Compound 102 (10 g, 40.44 mmol) in toluene (200 mL) and
refluxed for 4 h. The solution was cooled and the solvent was
evaporated under vacuum. The residue obtained was suspended in
water, briefly sonicated, and filtered. The crude product was
recrystallized by ether to yield 12 g (98%) of white solids. M.P.
269.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 1.28 (m, 5H),
1.32 (m, 1H), 1.67 (m, 2H), 1.88 (m, 2H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 3.90 (m,
1H), 7.26 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (s, 1H),
10.49 (s, 1H), 11.80 (s, 1H). EIMS m/z 301 (M+1).
Preparation of 2,4-Dichloro-6-methyl-quinoline-3-carbonitrile
(Compound 105)
[0349] A solution of Compound 104 (12 g, 39.95 mmol) in 40 mL neat
phosphorus oxychloride was heated at 90.degree. C. for 3 h. The
solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was
suspended in ice water and neutralized by solid sodium bicarbonate.
The solids formed were filtered, washed by water, and purified by
flash chromatography eluting with 1% methanol in dichloromethane to
yield 7.2 g (76%) of white solids. M.P. 159.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 2.28 (s, 3H), 7.93 (dd, J=2.0, 8.8 Hz, 1H),
8.02 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H). EIMS m/z 237 (M+1).
##STR87##
Preparation of
4-Chloro-6-methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile
(Compound 106)
[0350] Ammonium acetate was added to a suspension of Compound 105
(7.1 g, 29.95 mmol) in glacial acetic acid and heated at
140.degree. C. for 4 h. The solution was cooled and poured into ice
water. The solids formed were filtered, washed by water, and dried
under vacuum to yield 4.5 g (69%) of white solids. M.P. 264.degree.
C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 2.32 (s, 3H), 7.34 (d, J=8.4
Hz, 1H), 7.63 (dd, J=1.5, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1H). EIMS m/z 219
(M+1).
Preparation of
6-Methyl-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1,2-dihydro-qu-
inolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 107)
[0351] Piperazine-1-yl-thiophen-2-yl-methanone (8.73 g, 41.16 mmol)
was added to a solution of Compound 106 (4.5 g, 20.08 mmol) in
toluene (50 mL) and heated overnight at 110.degree. C. The solvent
was removed under vacuum. The residue was suspended in water,
sonicated, and filtered. The crude product was purified by flash
chromatography eluting with 0-2% methanol in dichloromethane
gradient to yield 7.0 g (92%) of white solids. M.P. 269.degree. C.
.sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 2.34 (s, 3H), 3.65 (m, 4H),
3.92 (m, 4H), 7.14 (m, 1H), 7.23 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J=8.6
Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.81 (d, J=4.8 Hz,
1H). EIMS m/z 379 (M+1). ##STR88##
Preparation of
1-(2-Dimethylamino-ethyl)-6-methyl-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-pipe-
razin-1-yl]-1,2-dihydro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 108)
[0352] A solution of Compound 107 (800 mg, 2.11 mmol),
2-dimethylamino ethyl chloride hydrochloride (1.52 g, 10.55 mmol),
and potassium carbonate (2.91 g, 21.10 mmol) in DMF was heated
overnight at 90.degree. C. The solution was cooled and poured into
ice water. The solids formed were filtered, washed by water, and
dried. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography
eluting with 0-10% methanol in ethylacetate gradient to yield 210
mg (24%) of pale yellow solids. M.P. 132.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 2.24 (s, 6H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.44 (m, 2H),
3.63 (m, 4H), 3.97 (m, 4H), 4.29 (m, 2H), 7.17 (dd, J=3.4, 4.8 Hz,
1H), 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.57 (m, 1H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=5.2 Hz,
1H). EIMS m/z 450 (M+1). Anal. (C.sub.24H.sub.27N.sub.5O.sub.2S) C,
H, N.
Preparation of
6-Methyl-1-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethyl)-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-pip-
erazin-1-yl]-1 2-dihydro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 109)
[0353] A solution of Compound 107 (1 g, 2.64 mmol), 4-(2-chloro
ethyl) morpholine (2.45 g, 13.2 mmol), and potassium carbonate
(3.64 g, 26.4 mmol) in DMF was heated overnight at 90.degree. C.
The solution was cooled and poured into ice water. The solids
formed were filtered, washed by water, and dried. The crude product
was purified by flash chromatography eluting with 0-0% methanol in
ethylacetate gradient to yield 223 mg (17%) of white solids. M.P.
207.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 2.40 (s, 3H),
3.54 (m, 4H), 3.63 (m, 4H), 3.92 (m, 4H), 4.35 (m, 2H), 7.16 (dd,
J=3.4, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.61 (m, 1), 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.80
(d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 492 (M+1). Anal.
(C.sub.26H.sub.29N.sub.5O.sub.3S) C, H, N.
Preparation of
1-(2-Dimethylamino-ethyl)-6-methyl-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-pipe-
razin-1-yl]-1,2-dihydro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 110)
[0354] A solution of Compound 107 (1 g., 2.64 mmol),
2-(diisopropylamino) ethyl chloride hydrochloride (2.64 g, 13.2
mmol), and potassium carbonate (3.64 g, 26.4 mmol) in DMF was
heated overnight at 90.degree. C. The solution was cooled and
poured into ice water. The solids formed were filtered, washed by
water, and dried. The crude product was purified by flash
chromatography eluting with 0-10% methanol in ethylacetate gradient
to yield 409 mg (30%) of pale yellow solids. M.P. 110-117.degree.
C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 0.93 (s, 12H), 2.40 (s, 3H),
2.59 (m, 2H), 3.01 (m, 2H), 3.61 (m, 4H), 3.91 (m, 4H), 4.15 (m,
2H), 7.16 (dd, J=3.4, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.58 (m, 1H), 7.69
(s, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1). EIMS m/z 506 (M+1). Anal.
(C.sub.28H.sub.35N.sub.5O.sub.2S) C, H, N.
Preparation of
6-Methyl-2-oxo-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-pi-
perazin-1-yl]-1,2-dihydro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound
111)
[0355] A solution of Compound 107 (1 g., 2.64 mmol),
1-(2-chloroethyl) pyrrolidine hydrochloride (2.24 g, 13.2 mmol),
and potassium carbonate (3.64 g, 26.4 mmol) in DMF was heated
overnight at 90.degree. C. The solution was cooled and poured into
ice water. The solids formed were filtered, washed by water, and
dried. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography
eluting with 0-10% methanol in ethylacetate gradient to yield 236
mg (19%) of pale yellow solids. M.P. 139-143.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 1.67 (m, 4H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.53 (m, 4H),
2.61 (m, 2H), 3.01 (m, 2H), 3.62 (m, 4H), 3.93 (m, 4H), 4.30 (m,
2H), 7.16 (dd, J=3.4, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.60 (m, 1H), 7.69
(s, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 476 (M+1). Anal.
(C.sub.26H.sub.29N.sub.5O.sub.2S) C, H, N.
Preparation of 4-Hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carboxylic
acid ethyl ester (Compound 112)
[0356] Neat diethyl malonate (18.05 g, 112.7 mmol) was added slowly
to a suspension of sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 4.96 mg, 124
mmol) in dimethylacetamide under N.sub.2 atmosphere. The mixture
was stirred at room temperature until the evolution of hydrogen gas
ceased, then the mixture was heated to 90.degree. C. for 30 min.
and cooled to room temperature. A solution of isatoic anhydride (20
g, 124 mmol) in dimethylacetamide was added slowly and the mixture
heated overnight at 110.degree. C. The mixture was cooled to room
temperature, poured into ice water, and acidified by cold 10% HCl.
The solids formed were filtered and washed several times by water
to yield 8.7 g (30%) of white solids. M.P. 173.degree. C. .sup.1H
NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 1.31 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 4.34 (q, J=6.6
Hz, 2H), 7.20 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (t,
J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 11.50 (b, 1H); EIMS: 234
(M+H).
Preparation of 4-Hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carboxylic
acid cyclohexylamide (Compound 113)
[0357] Cyclohexylamine (13.88 mL, 121.33 mmol) was added to a
solution of Compound 112 (9.4 g, 40.44 mmol) in toluene (200 mL)
and refluxed for 4 h. The solution was cooled and the solvent was
evaporated under vacuum. The residue obtained was suspended in
water, briefly sonicated, and filtered. The crude product was
recrystallized by ether to yield 10.1 g (87%) of white solids. M.P.
223.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 1.3 (m, 4H), 1.6
(m, 2H), 1.7 (m, 2H), 1.9 (m, 2H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 7.25 (t, J=7.7 Hz,
1H), 7.35 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (d, J=7.7
Hz, 1H), 10.44 (b, 1H); EIMS (neg. mode): 285 (M-H). ##STR89##
Preparation of 2,4-Dichloro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile (Compound
114)
[0358] A solution of Compound 113 (8.5 g, 30 mmol) in 40 mL neat
phosphorus oxychloride was heated at 90.degree. C. for 3 h. The
solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was
suspended in ice water and neutralized by solid sodium bicarbonate.
The solids formed were filtered, washed by water, and purified by
flash chromatography eluting with 1% methanol in dichloromethane to
yield 6.0 g (91%) of white solids. M.P. 157.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. .sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 7.9 (m, 1H),
8.09 (d, J=4.3 Hz, 2H), 8.28 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 223 (M+H).
##STR90##
Preparation of 4-Chloro-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile
(Compound 115)
[0359] Ammonium acetate (2.1 g, 27 mmol) was added to a suspension
of Compound 114 (6.0 g, 27 mmol) in glacial acetic acid and heated
at 140.degree. C. for 4 h. The solution was cooled and poured into
ice water. The solids formed were filtered, washed by water, and
dried under vacuum to yield 5.2 g (94%) of white solids. M.P.
302.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. .sup.1H-NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6): 7.4 (m, 2H), 7.79 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (d, J=8.0
Hz, 1H); EIMS: 205 (M+H).
Preparation of
2-Oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1,2-dihydro-quinolin-3--
carbonitrile (Compound 116)
[0360] Piperazine-1-yl-thiophen-2-yl-methanone (8.0 g, 41 mmol) was
added to a solution of Compound 115 (4.1 g, 20 mmol) in toluene (50
mL) and heated overnight at 110.degree. C. The solvent was removed
under vacuum. The residue was suspended in water, sonicated, and
filtered. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography
eluting with 0-2% methanol in dichloromethane gradient to yield 6.4
g (88%) of white solids. M.P. 264.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 3.7 (m, 4H), 3.9 (m, 4H), 7.16 (t, J=4.8
Hz, 1H), 7.23 (t, J=5.9 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d,
J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (t, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.8 (m, 2H), 11.90 (b, 1H);
EIMS: 364 (M+H). ##STR91##
[0361] Preparation of Alkylation at N-1 Position of Quinolinone
Moiety
[0362] The compounds referred to as Compound 117-158 were prepared
by applying either General Procedure C or General Procedure D.
[0363] General Procedure C
[0364] A solution of Compound 116 (364 mg, 1 mmol) and potassium
carbonate (691 g, 5 mmol) with 2.5 mmol of the corresponding alkyl
halide (chloro, bromo or iodo) in DMF was heated overnight at
90.degree. C. The solution was cooled and poured into ice water.
The solids formed were filtered, washed by water, and dried. In
cases where solids were not formed, the product was extracted with
either dichloromethane or n-butanol and concentrated under vacuum.
The crude product was.purified by flash chromatography eluting with
0-5% methanol in dichloromethane gradient.
[0365] General Procedure D
[0366] A solution of Compound 116 (364 mg, 1 mmol) in DMF was added
to a stirred suspension of NaH (60% in mineral oil, 44 mg, 1.1
mmol) in DMF at room temperature under argon atmosphere. The
solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 h and the
corresponding alkyl halide was added via syringe. The solution was
further stirred at room temperature for 3 to 48 h (TLC control).
The reaction was worked up as described in General Procedure C.
Preparation of
1-(2-Dimethylamino-ethyl)-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-y-
l]-1,2-dihydro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 117)
[0367] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure D to yield white solids.
Yield 211 mg (48%). M.P. 96-99.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 2.20 (s, 6H), 2.46 (m, 1H), 2.71 (s, 1H),
3.68 (m, 4H), 3.93 (m, 4H), 4.30 (m, 1H), 4.55 (m, 1H), 7.16 (dd,
J=3.4, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (m, 1H), 7.49 (m, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=8.4 Hz,
1H), 7.71 (m, 2H), 8.02 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 436 (M+1).
Anal. (C.sub.23H.sub.25N.sub.5O.sub.2S) C, H, N.
Preparation of
1-Isobutyl-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1,2-dihydro--
quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 118)
[0368] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure D to yield white solids.
Yield 89 mg (21%). M.P. 209.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6):
.delta. 0.89 (s, 6H), 2.12 (m, 1H), 3.65 (m, 4H), 3.93 (m, 4H),
4.11 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.16 (dd, J=3.6, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (m, 1H),
7.49 (dd, J=0.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (m, 1H),
7.79 (dd, J=1.2, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (dd, J=1.2, 8.0 Hz, 1H). EIMS
m/z 421 (M+1). Anal. (C.sub.23H.sub.24N.sub.4O.sub.2S) C, H, N.
Preparation of
1-(4-Methoxybenzyl)2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-
1-yl]-1,2-dihydro-quinolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 119)
[0369] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure D to yield white solids.
Yield 127 mg (26%). M.P. 246.degree. C. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6):
.delta. 3.68 (m, 4H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.93 (m, 4H), 5.41 (s, 2H),
6.86 (m, 2H), 7.16 (m, 3H), 7.29 (m, 1H), 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.63 (m,
1H), 7.80 (d, J=4.8, 2H), 7.93 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 485
(M+1). Anal. (C.sub.27H.sub.24N.sub.4O.sub.3S) C, H, N.
Preparation of
1-(2-Cyclohexyl-ethyl)-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]--
1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile (Compound 120)
[0370] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. MP: 213-215.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 0.9 (m, 2H), 1.2 (m, 3H), 1.4 (m, 3H),
1.6 (m, 3H), 1.7 (m, 2H), 3.6 (m, 4H), 3.92 (s, 4H), 4.22 (t, J=7.2
Hz, 2H), 7.2 (m, 1H), 7.33 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (dd, J=0.8,.3.6
Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.7 (m, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J=1.2, 5.2
Hz, 1H), 7.93 (dd, J=1.2, 8.0 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 498 (M+Na).
Preparation of
2-(2-Cyclohexyl-ethoxy)-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-quino-
line-3-carbonitrile (Compound 121)
[0371] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. MP: 170-173.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 1.0 (m, 2H), 1.2 (m, 3H), 1.5 (m, 1H),
1.7 (m, 7H), 3.7 (m, 4H), 3.94 (b, 4H), 4.48 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 7.2
(m, 1H), 7.4 (m, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J=1.2, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.7 (m, 2H),
7.81 (dd, J=0.8, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 475
(M+H).
Preparation of
2-Oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-be-
nzyl)-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile (Compound 122)
[0372] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. MP: 248.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 3.72 (s, 4H), 3.95 (s, 4H), 5.59 (s,
2H), 7.2 (m, 1H), 7.32 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),
7.43 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.51 (dd, J=1.2, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.6 (m, 1H),
7.69 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.82 (dd, J=1.2, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (dd,
J=1.2, 8.4 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 545 (M+Na).
Preparation of
1-Cyclohexylmethyl-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1,2--
dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile (Compound 123)
[0373] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. MP: 122-127.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 1.1 (m, 5H), 1.6 (m, 6H), 3.6 (m, 4H),
3.93 (b, 4H), 4.11 (b, 2H), 7.2 (m, 1H), 7.32 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H),
7.49 (dd, J=0.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.7 (m, 1H),
7.80 (dd, J=1.2, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.9 (m, 1H); EIMS: 461 (M+H).
Preparation of
2-Cyclohexylmethoxy-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-quinoline-
-3-carbonitrile (Compound 124)
[0374] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. M.P. 166.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 1.4 (m, 5H), 1.7 (m, 6H), 3.68 (b, 4H),
3.94 (b, 4H), 4.25 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 7.2 (m, 1H), 7.4 (m, 1), 7.50
(dd, J=0.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.7 (m, 2H), 7.81 (dd, J=1.2, 5.2 Hz, 1H),
8.01 (d, 8.0 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 461 (M+H).
Preparation of
2-Oxo-1-phenethyl-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-2-dihydro-q-
uinoline-3-carbonitrile (Compound 125)
[0375] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. M.P. 258-260.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 2.8 (m, 2H), 3.65 (b, 4H), 3.93 (b,
4H), 4.4 (m, 2H), 7.2 (m, 1H), 7.3 (m, 6H), 7.50 (dd, J=1.2, 3.6
Hz, 1H), 7.7 (m, 2H), 7.81 (dd, J=1.2, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (dd,
J=1.2, 8.4 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 469 (M+H).
Preparation of
2-Phenethyloxy-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-quinoline-3-ca-
rbonitrile (Compound 126)
[0376] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. M.P. 145-147.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 3.09 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.68 (b, 4H),
3.93 (b, 4H), 4.62 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 7.1 (m, 1H), 7.2 (m, 1H),
7.31 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.4 (m, 2H), 7.5 (m, 1H), 7.51 (dd, J=1.2,
3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.7 (m, 2), 7.81 (dd, J=0.8, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (d,
J=8.4 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 469 (M+H).
Preparation of
2-(4-Methoxy-benzyloxy)4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-quinol-
ine-3-carbonitrile (Compound 127)
[0377] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. M.P. 192-194.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 3.69 (b, 4H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.94 (b,
4H), 5.47 (s, 2H), 6.96 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.2 (m, 1H), 7.5 (m,
4H), 7.78 (d, J=3.6, 2H), 7.81 (dd, J=1.2, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (d,
J=8.4 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 485 (M+H).
Preparation of
2-Oxo-1-(2-oxo-2-phenyl-ethyl)-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl-
]-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile (Compound 128)
[0378] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. M.P. 260-261.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 3.71 (b, 4H), 3.96 (b, 4H), 5.90 (s,
2H), 7.17 (m, 1H), 7.33 (m, 1H), 7.45 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (dd,
J=1.2, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.6 (m, 3H), 7.75 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dd,
J=0.8, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (dd, J=1.2, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (d, J=7.2
Hz, 2H); EIMS: 483 (M+H).
Preparation of
1-Naphthalen-2-ylmethyl-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-
-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile (Compound 129)
[0379] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. M.P. 276-279.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 3.71 (b, 4H), 3.96 (b, 4H), 5.65 (b,
2H), 7.2 (m, 1H), 7.3 (m, 1H), 7.41 (dd, J=1.6, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.5
(m, 3H), 7.51 (dd, J=1.2, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.6 (m, 1H), 7.7 (s, 1H),
7.8 (m, 2H), 7.9 (m, 2H), 7.96 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 505
(M+H).
Preparation of
2-(Naphthalen-2-ylmethoxy4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-quin-
oline-3-carbonitrile (Compound 130)
[0380] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. M.P. 250.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 3.7 (m, 4H), 3.95 (b, 4H), 5.72 (s,
2H), 7.2 (m, 1H), 7.5 (m, 4H), 7.67 (dd, J=1.6, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.8
(m, 3), 7.9 (m, 3H), 8.1 (m, 2H); EIMS: 505 (M+H).
Preparation of
1-(3-Dimethylamino-propyl)-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1--
yl]-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile (Compound 131)
[0381] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. M.P. 203-204.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 1.7 (m, 2H), 2.24 (s, 6H), 2.4 (m, 2H),
3.64 (b, 4H), 3.93 (b, 4H), 4.23 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.2 (m, 1H),
7.34 (m, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J=1.2, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),
7.7 (m, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J=1.2, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (dd, J=1.2, 8.0 Hz,
1H); EIMS: 450 (M+H).
Preparation of
2-(3-Dimethylamino-propoxy)-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-q-
uinoline-3-carbonitrile (Compound 132)
[0382] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. M.P. 130.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 1.9 (m, 2H), 2.17 (s, 6H), 2.43 (t,
J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.7 (m, 4H), 3.95 (b, 4H), 4.47 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H),
7.2 (m, 1), 7.5 (m, 1H), 7.52 (dd, J=0.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.7 (m, 2H),
7.81 (dd, J=1.2, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 450
(M+H).
Preparation of
1-(2,2-Dimethyl-propyl)-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-
-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile (Compound 133)
[0383] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. M.P. 111-116.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 0.9 (s, 9H), 3.65 (b, 4H), 3.93 (b,
4H), 4.20 (b, 2H), 7.2 (m, 1H), 7.30 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (dd,
J=0.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.7 (m, 1H), 7.8 (m, 2H), 7.91 (dd, J=1.6, 8.4
Hz, 1H); EIMS: 457 (M+Na).
Preparation of
2-Oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethy-
l)-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile (Compound 134)
[0384] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. M.P. 242.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 3.71 (b, 4H), 3.93 (b, 4H), 5.2 (m,
2H), 7.2 (m, 1H), 7.4 (m, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J=0.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.7
(m, 2H), 7.81 (dd, J=0.8, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H);
EIMS: 447 (M+H).
Preparation of
4-[4-(Thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy-3-c-
arbonitrile (Compound 135)
[0385] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. M.P. 204.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 3.70 (b, 4H), 3.95 (b, 4H), 5.2 (m, 2H)
7.2 (m, 1H), 7.5 (m, 2H), 7.8 (m, 3H), 8.1 (m, 1H); EIMS: 447
(M+H).
Preparation of
2-Oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-b-
enzyl)-1,2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile (Compound 136)
[0386] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according General Procedure C. M.P. 150-160.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 3.7 (m, 4H), 3.9 (m, 4H), 5.52 (m, 2H),
7.2 (m, 1H), 7.3 (m, 5H), 7.44 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=3.8
Hz, 1H), 7.64 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J=1.0, 5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.96
(J=1.3, 8.3 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 539 (M+H).
Preparation of
4-[4-(Thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-2-(4-trifluoromethoxy-benzylo-
xy)-quinoline-3-carbonitrile (Compound 137)
[0387] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according General Procedure C. M.P. 170-172.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 3.7 (m, 4H), 3.98 (b, 4H), 5.36 (s,
2H), 7.2 (m, 1H), 7.46 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.5 (m, 2H), 7.70 (d,
J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.8 (m, 2H) 7.85 (dd, J=0.8, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (d,
8.4 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 539 (M+H).
Preparation of
1-(3-Fluoro-benzyl)-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1,2-
-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile (Compound 138)
[0388] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according General Procedure C. M.P. 261-263.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 3.7 (m, 4H), 3.94 (b, 4H), 5.50 (s,
2H), 7.1 (m, 3H), 7.2 (m, 1H), 7.3 (m, 2H), 7.41 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),
7.51 (dd, J=0.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.6 (m, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J=1.2, 5.2 Hz,
1H), 7.9 (m, 1H); EIMS: 473 (M+H).
Preparation of
1-(2-Fluoro-benzyl)-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1,2-
-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile (Compound 139)
[0389] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according General Procedure C. M.P. 203-205.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 3.7 (m, 4H), 3.9 (m, 4H), 5.50 (s, 2H),
6.86 (t, J=6.7 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.2 (m, 1H), 7.3
(m, 4H), 7.50 (dd, J=0.9, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.7 (m, 1H), 7.81 (dd,
J=0.9, 5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (dd, J=1.2, 8.2 Hz, IH); EIMS: 473
(M+H).
Preparation of
2-Oxo-1-propyl-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1,2-dihydro-qu-
inoline-3-carbonitrile (Compound 140)
[0390] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. M.P. 210-212.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 0.97 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.6 (m, 2H),
3.6 (m, 4H), 3.9 (m, 4H), 4.16 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.1 (m, 1H), 7.33
(t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (dd, J=0.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (d, J=8.4 Hz,
1H), 7.7 (m, 1H), 7.79 (dd, J=1.2, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (dd, J=1.2,
8.4 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 407 (M+H).
Preparation of
2-Propoxy-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-quinoline-3-carboni-
trile (Compound 141)
[0391] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. M.P. 198-199.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 1.01 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H), 1.8 (m, 2H),
3.69 (b, 4H), 3.94 (b, 4H), 4.41 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 7.2 (m, 1H),
7.4 (m, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.7 (m, 2H), 7.80 (d, J=4.8
Hz, 1H), 8.02 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 407 (M+H).
Preparation of
1-Butyl-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1,2-dihydro-qui-
noline-3-carbonitrile (Compound 142)
[0392] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. M.P. 155-157.degree. C.;
H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 0.93 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.4 (m, 2H), 1.6 (m,
2H), 3.6 (m, 4H), 3.92 (b, 4H), 4.20 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.2 (m,
1H), 7.33 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=8.4
Hz, 1H), 7.75 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (d,
J=7.6 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 421 (M+H).
Preparation of
2-Butoxy-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-quinoline-3-carbonit-
rile (Compound 143)
[0393] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. M.P. 190-191.degree. C.;
H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 0.96 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.5 (m, 2H), 1.8 (m,
2H), 3.68 (b, 4H), 3.94 (b, 4H), 4.46 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 7.2 (m,
1H), 7.4 (m, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J=0.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.7 (m, 2H), 7.80
(dd, J=1.2, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 421
(M+H).
Preparation of
1-(3-Hydroxy-propyl)-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1,-
2-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile (Compound 144)
[0394] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. M.P. 209-210.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 1.7 (m, 2H), 3.5 (m, 2H), 3.6 (m, 4H),
3.9 (m, 4H), 4.26 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.65 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.1
(m, 1H), 7.34 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d,
J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.94
(d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 423 (M+H).
Preparation of
1-Cyclopropylmethyl-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1,2-
-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile (Compound 145)
[0395] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. M.P. 198.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 0.45 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 4H), 1.2 (m, 1H),
3.6 (m, 4H), 3.9 (m, 4H), 4.17 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 7.1 (m, 1H), 7.3
(m, 1H), 7.49 (dd, J=1.2, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.7 (m, 2H), 7.79 (dd,
J=1.2, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 419 (M+H).
Preparation of
2-Cyclopropylmethoxy-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-quinolin-
e-3-carbonitrile (Compound 146)
[0396] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. M.P. 200-203.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 0.5 (m, 2H), 0.6 (m, 2H), 1.3 (m, 1H),
3.69 (b, 4H), 3.94 (b, 4H), 4.31 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 7.2 (m, 1H),
7.5 (m, 1H), 7.49 (dd, J=0.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.7 (m, 2H), 7.8 (dd,
J=0.8, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 419 (M+H).
Preparation of
1-(4-Cyano-benzyl)-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1,2--
dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile (Compound 147)
[0397] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. M.P. 260-263.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 3.72 (b, 4H), 3.95 (b, 4H), 5.58 (s,
2H), 7.2 (m, 1H), 7.31 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H),
7.40 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.50 (dd, J=0.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (t,
J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.8 (m, 3H), 7.96 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 480
(M+H).
Preparation of
2-(4-Cyano-benzyloxy)-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-quinoli-
ne-3-carbonitrile (Compound 148)
[0398] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. M.P. 214-218.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 3.71 (b, 4H), 3.95 (b, 4H), 5.58 (s,
2H), 7.17 (t, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, J=8.8
Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.50 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (t,
J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.8 (m, 3H), 7.96 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 480
(M+H).
Preparation of
2-Oxo-1-pentyl-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1,2-dihydro-qu-
inoline-3-carbonitrile (Compound 149)
[0399] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. M.P. 201-202.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 0.88 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.3 (m, 4H),
1.6 (m, 2H), 3.6 (m, 4H), 3.92 (b, 4H), 4.19 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.2
(m, 1H), 7.33 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (dd, J=0.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.61
(d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.8 (dd, J=0.8, 4.8 Hz,
1H), 7.94 (dd, J=0.8, 8.0 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 435 (M+H).
Preparation of
2-Pentyloxy-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-quinoline-3-carbo-
nitrile (Compound 150)
[0400] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. M.P. 152-155.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 0.91 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.4 (m, 4H),
1.7 (m, 2H), 3.7 (m, 4H), 3.94 (b, 4H), 4.45 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H),
7.17 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.4 (m, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.7
(m, 2H), 7.80 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 435
(M+H).
Preparation of
1-(4-Methyl-benzyl)-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1,2-
-dihydro-quinoline-3-carbonitrile (Compound 151)
[0401] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. M.P. 236-238.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 2.25 (s, 3H), 3.7 (m, 4H), 3.9 (m, 4H),
5.44 (s, 2H), 7.12 (s, 4H), 7.2 (m, 1H), 7.29 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H),
7.41 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J=1.2, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.6 (m, 1H),
7.81 (dd, J=0.8, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (dd, J=1.2, 8.4 Hz, 1H); EIMS:
469 (M+H).
Preparation of
2-(4-Methyl-benzyloxy)4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-quinoli-
ne-3-carbonitrile (Compound 152)
[0402] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. M.P. 188-191.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 2.31 (s, 3H), 3.7 (m, 4H), 3.9 (m, 4H),
5.50 (s, 2H), 7.2 (m, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (d, J=8.9
Hz. 2H), 7.5 (m, 2H), 7.77 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 2H), 7.80 (dd, J=1.2, 5.2
Hz, 1H), 8.03 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 469 (M+H).
Preparation of
2-Oxo-1-propyl-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1,2-dihydro-[1-
,8]naphthyridine-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (Compound 153)
[0403] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. M.P. 92-96.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 0.91 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.30 (t, J=7.2
Hz, 3H), 1.6 (m, 2H), 3.13 (s, 4H), 3.88 (s, 4H), 4.3 (m, 4H), 7.1
(m, 1H), 7.4 (m, 1H), 7.45 (dd, J=1.2, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (dd,
J=0.8, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.34 (dd, J=1.6, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.70 (dd, J=1.6,
4.4 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 455 (M+H).
Preparation of
1-Butyl-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1,2-dihydro-[1,-
8]naphthyridine-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (Compound 154)
[0404] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. M.P. 90-96.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 0.92 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.3 (m, 5H),
1.6 (m, 2H), 3.13 (s, 4H), 3.88 (s, 4H), 4.32 (m, 4H), 7.15 (m,
1H), 7.38 (m, 1H), 7.45 (dd, J=1.2, 3.6, 1H), 7.79 (dd, J=1.2, 5.2
Hz, 1H), 8.34 (dd, J=1.6, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.70 (dd, J=1.6, 4.4 Hz,
1H); EIMS: 469 (M+H).
Preparation of
1-Allyl-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1,2-dihydro-[1,-
8]naphthyridine-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (Compound 155)
[0405] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. M.P. 89-96.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 1.30 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 3.15 (s, 4H),
3.89 (s, 4H), 4.31 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 5.0 (m, 4H), 5.9 (m, 1H),
7.15 (m, 1H), 7.39 (dd, J=4.8, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (dd, J=0.8, 3.6
Hz), 7.79 (dd, J=0.8, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.34 (dd, J=1.6, 8.0 Hz, 1H),
8.68 (dd, J=1.6, 4.8 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 453 (M+H).
Preparation of
1-(2-Fluoro-benzyl)-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)piperazin-1-yl]-1,2--
dihydro-[1,8]naphthyridine-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (Compound
156)
[0406] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. M.P. 105-110.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 1.29 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 3.19 (s, 4H),
3.91 (s, 4H), 4.30 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 5.60 (s, 2H), 6.81 (m, 1H),
7.04 (m, 1H), 7.2 (m, 3H), 7.39 (m, 1H), 7.46 (dd, J=0.8, 3.6 Hz,
1H), 7.80 (dd, J=0.8, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.38 (dd, J=1.6, 8.0 Hz, 1H),
8.63 (dd, J=1.6, 4.4 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 521 (M+H).
Preparation of
1-(3-Fluoro-benzyl)-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-1,2-
-dihydro-[1,8]naphthyridine-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (Compound
157)
[0407] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. M.P. 105-110.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 1.29 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 3.18 (s, 4H),
3.89 (s, 4H), 4.31 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 5.56 (s, 2H), 7.1 (m, 4H),
7.4 (m, 3H), 7.79 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 8.36 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.67
(d, J=3.2 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 521 (M+H).
Preparation of
1-(3-Dimethylamino-propyl)-2-oxo-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1--
yl]-1,2-dihydro-[1,8]naphthyridine-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
(Compound 158)
[0408] The compound was prepared from the corresponding alkyl
halide according to General Procedure C. M.P. 84-94.degree. C.;
.sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): 1.30 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.7 (m, 2H),
2.14 (s, 6H), 2.30 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.13 (b, 4H), 3.88 (b, 4H),
4.3 (m, 4H), 7.2 (m, 1H), 7.3 (m, 1H), 7.45 (dd, J=1.2, 3.6 Hz,
1H), 7.79 (dd, J=0.8, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.34 (dd, J=2.0, 8.0 Hz, 1H),
8.70 (dd, J=2.0, 4.8 Hz, 1H); EIMS: 498 (M+H).
Preparation of
2-Oxo-1-phenyl-4-[4-(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-12-dihydro-qui-
nolin-3-carbonitrile (Compound 159)
[0409] Cupric acetate (497 mg, 2.74 mmol), triethylamine (380
.mu.L, 2.74 mmol), and phenyl boronic acid (335 mg, 2.74 mmol) were
added successively to a solution of Compound 116 (500 mg, 1.37
mmol) in dichloromethane. The solution was stirred at room
temperature for 48 h. The solution was filtered through celite and
washed successively by saturated NaHCO.sub.3 solution, water, and
brine. The organic phase was dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and
evaporated to yield a residue which was purified by flash
chromatography eluting with 0-1% MeOH in dichloromethane gradient
to get 187 mg (31%) of white solids. M.P. 289.degree. C. .sup.1H
NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 3.78 (m, 4H), 4.02 (m, 4H), 6.60 (d,
J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 7.38 (m, 3H), 7.57-7.71 (m, 5H), 7.88
(dd, J=o.8, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H). EIMS m/z 441
(M+1). Anal. (C.sub.25H.sub.20N.sub.4O.sub.2S) C, H, N.
##STR92##
Example 4
[0410] The following inhibitors of MIF were prepared by the methods
described in the examples. Each of these MIF inhibitors belongs to
the class of compounds of structure 1(a) described above. Results
of tautomerase assays indicated that each of the following
candidate compounds exhibit particularly high levels of inhibition
of MIF activity. These MIF inhibitors were each active at
concentrations of from 0.01 nM to 50 .mu.M. ##STR93## ##STR94##
##STR95## ##STR96## ##STR97## ##STR98## ##STR99## ##STR100##
##STR101## ##STR102## ##STR103## ##STR104## ##STR105## ##STR106##
##STR107## ##STR108## ##STR109## ##STR110## ##STR111## ##STR112##
##STR113## ##STR114## ##STR115## ##STR116##
Example 5
[0411] The following inhibitors of MIF of preferred embodiments can
be prepared by the methods described in the examples. ##STR117##
##STR118## ##STR119## ##STR120## ##STR121## ##STR122## ##STR123##
##STR124## ##STR125## ##STR126## ##STR127## ##STR128## ##STR129##
##STR130## ##STR131## ##STR132## ##STR133## ##STR134## ##STR135##
##STR136## ##STR137## ##STR138## ##STR139## ##STR140## ##STR141##
##STR142## ##STR143## ##STR144## ##STR145## ##STR146## ##STR147##
##STR148## ##STR149## ##STR150## ##STR151## ##STR152## ##STR153##
##STR154## ##STR155## ##STR156## ##STR157## ##STR158## ##STR159##
##STR160## ##STR161## ##STR162## ##STR163## ##STR164## ##STR165##
##STR166## ##STR167## ##STR168## ##STR169## ##STR170## ##STR171##
##STR172## ##STR173## ##STR174## ##STR175##
Example 6
[0412] Compound 200 was tested in the THP-1 Cell Assay at several
different concentrations. Compound 200 exhibits MIF inhibitory
activity, as shown in FIG. 1. Compound 200 exhibits MIF inhibitory
activity
Example 7
[0413] Compound 200 was tested for in vitro tautomerase inhibitory
activity at several different concentrations. Compound 200 exhibits
MIF inhibitory activity, as shown in FIG. 2.
Example 8
[0414] Compound 203 was tested for in vitro tautomerase inhibitory
activity at several different concentrations. Compound 203 exhibits
MIF inhibitory activity, as shown in FIG. 3.
Example 9
[0415] The MIF inhibitory activity of Compound 200 and Compound 203
were compared. Both exhibit satisfactory MIF inhibitory activity.
TABLE-US-00003 TABLE 2 In Vitro Activity of MIF Inhibitors
(Inhibitory Concentration (IC) of 50 .mu.m) THP-1/MIF Compound
Tautomerase Assay Average IC 50 Inhibition Average IC 50 200 0.30
(0.23-0.4) 0.32 0.023 (0.001-0.52) 0.15 (0.13-0.17 200 0.34
(0.12-0.9) -- 0.15 (0.13-0.17) -- 200 -- -- 0.15 (0.13-0.17) -- 203
0.098 (0.071-0.134) 0.098 -- --
[0416] The preferred embodiments have been described in connection
with specific embodiments thereof. It will be understood that it is
capable of further modification, and this application is intended
to cover any variations, uses, or adaptations of the invention
following, in general, the principles of the invention and
including such departures from the present disclosure as come
within known or customary practices in the art to which the
invention pertains and as may be applied to the essential features
hereinbefore set forth, and as fall within the scope of the
invention and any equivalents thereof. Each reference cited herein,
including but not limited to patents and technical literature, is
hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
* * * * *
References